Public Document Pack

SOUTH (OUTER) AREA COMMITTEE

Meeting to be held in Thorpe Community Centre, Stanhope Gardens, Thorpe, WF3 3DP On Monday, 31st March, 2014 at 4.00 pm

MEMBERSHIP

Councillors

J Dunn - Ardsley and Robin Hood; L Mulherin - Ardsley and Robin Hood; K Renshaw - Ardsley and Robin Hood;

R Finnigan - Morley North; B Gettings - Morley North; T Leadley - Morley North;

N Dawson - Morley South; J Elliott - Morley South; S Varley - Morley South;

K Bruce - Rothwell; S Golton - Rothwell; D Nagle - Rothwell;

Agenda compiled by: South East Area Manager: Andy Booth Shaid Mahmood Governance Services Unit Tel: 22 43973 Civic Hall LEEDS LS1 1UR Tel: 24 74325 Produced on Recycled Paper

A BRIEF EXPLANATION OF COUNCIL FUNCTIONS AND EXECUTIVE FUNCTIONS

There are certain functions that are defined by regulations which can only be carried out at a meeting of the Full Council or under a Scheme of Delegation approved by the Full Council. Everything else is an Executive Function and, therefore, is carried out by the Council’s Executive Board or under a Scheme of Delegation agreed by the Executive Board.

The Area Committee has some functions which are delegated from full Council and some Functions which are delegated from the Executive Board. Both functions are kept separately in order to make it clear where the authority has come from so that if there are decisions that the Area Committee decides not to make they know which body the decision should be referred back to.

A G E N D A

Item Ward Item Not Page No Open No

1 APPEALS AGAINST R EFUSAL OF INSPECTION OF DOCUMENTS

To consider any appeals in accordance with Procedure Rule 15.2 of the Access to Information Procedure Rules (in the event of an Appeal the press and public will be excluded).

(*In accordance with Procedure Rule 15.2, written notice of an appeal must be received by the Head of Governance Services at least 24 hours before the meeting.)

2 EXEMPT INFORMATION - POSSIBLE EXCLUSION OF THE PRESS AND PUBLIC

1 To highlight reports or appendices which officers have identified as containing exempt information, and where officers consider that the public interest in maintaining the exemption outweighs the public interest in disclosing the information, for the reasons outlined in the report.

2 To consider whether or not to accept the officers recommendation in respect of the above information.

3 If so, to formally pass the following resolution:-

RESOLVED – That the press and public be excluded from the meeting during consideration of the following parts of the agenda designated as containing exempt information on the grounds that it is likely, in view of the nature of the business to be transacted or the nature of the proceedings, that if members of the press and public were present there would be disclosure to them of exempt information, as follows:-

Item Ward Item Not Page No Open No

3 LATE ITEMS

To identify items which have been admitted to the agenda by the Chair for consideration.

(The special circumstances shall be specified in the minutes.)

4 DECLARATION OF DISCLOSABLE PECUN IARY INTERESTS

To disclose or draw attention to any disclosable pecuniary interests for the purposes of Section 31 of the Localism Act 2011 and paragraphs 13-16 of the Members’ Code of Conduct

5 APOLOGIES FOR ABSENC E

To receive any apologies for absence.

6 MINUTES - 27 JANUARY 2014 1 - 4

To confirm as a correct record the minutes of the meeting held on 27 th January 2014 and as the meeting of the 27 th January was inquorate, the Committee is also asked to formally ratify those recommendations which were made at the meeting.

7 OPEN FORUM

In accordance with Paragraphs 6.24 and 6.25 of the Area Committee Procedure Rules, at the discretion of the Chair a period of up to 10 minutes may be allocated at each ordinary meeting for members of the public to make representations or to ask questions on matters within the terms of reference of the Area Committee. This period of time may be extended at the discretion of the Chair. No member of the public shall speak for more than three minutes in the Open Forum, except by permission of the Chair.

(10 mins discussion)

Item Ward Item Not Page No Open No

8 Ardsley and AREA PUBLIC HEALTH U PDATE REPORT 5 - 18 Robin Hood; Morley North; To consider the report of the Director of Public Morley South; Health outlining the action being taken to discharge Rothwell the statutory responsibilities of Leeds City Council, to lead and deliver the public health agenda, raise awareness of the Area Lead member for Health and Wellbeing, provide information on the current position regarding public health work in the outer south area and set the scene for future progress.

(Presentation: 5 Minutes/ Discussion: 5 Minutes) (Presenting Officers: Bash Uppal and Victoria Eaton)

9 Ardsley and COMMUNITY SAFETY IN OUTER SOUTH 19 - Robin Hood; 50 Morley North; To consider the report of the Director of Morley South; Neighbourhoods and Housing which provides an Rothwell annual update from the Area Community Safety Co-ordinator on progress made in Outer South to deliver the priorities of the Safer Leeds Executive during 2012/13 and 2013/14. Specifically, the report provides an overview of activity and performance information at a ward level to reduce crime and Anti-Social Behaviour in neighbourhoods and in relation to the delegated function of CCTV. In addition, the report provides an overview of wellbeing funded activity that has taken place during 2013.

(Presentation: 10 Minutes/ Discussion: 10 Minutes) (Presenting Officers: Gerry Shevlin and Nik Adams)

10 Ardsley and CHILDREN'S SERVICES AREA COMMITTEE 51 - Robin Hood; UPDATE REPORT 60 Morley North; Morley South; To consider the report of the Director of Children’s Rothwell Services providing an update on the work undertaken within the Children’s Services area throughout Outer South Leeds.

(Presentation: 5 Minutes/ Discussion: 5 Minutes) (Presenting Officers: Sarah Sinclair and Martyn Stenton)

Item Ward Item Not Page No Open No

11 Ardsley and GARDEN MAINTENANCE S ERVICE 61 - Robin Hood; EVALUATION 2013/14 68 Morley North; Morley South; Rothwell To consider the report of the Area Improvement Manager, South East Leeds, providing an update on, and evaluation of the Garden Maintenance Scheme delivered by Morley Elderly Action in 2013/14.

(Presentation: 5 Minutes/ Discussion: 5 Minutes) (Presenting Officers: Carole Law and Ann Minke)

12 Ardsley and ANNUAL REPORT FOR TH E PARKS AND 69 - Robin Hood; COUNTRYSIDE SERVICE 80 Morley North; Morley South; To consider the report of the Chief Officer Parks Rothwell and Countryside which provides an overview of the service and sets out some of the challenges faced along with key performance management initiatives. In addition, the report seeks to provide a positive way forward for delivering the extended role of the Area Committee. In particular, it sets out at an area level progress made in attaining Leeds Quality Park standard and also details the investment required to attain and sustain LQP standards.

(Presentation: 5 Minutes/ Discussion: 5 Minutes) (Presenting Officer: Bob Buckenham)

Item Ward Item Not Page No Open No

13 Ardsley and NEW ENVIRONMENTAL LO CALITY SERVICES 81 - Robin Hood; AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE 2014/15 SERVICE 88 Morley North; LEVEL AGREEMENT Morley South; Rothwell To consider the report of the Locality Manager, South and Outer East Leeds which provides an update on the proposed changes to the operating model and structure of Environmental Action Service Locality Teams to deliver zonally based services. In addition, the report also outlines the reasons for these changes and the processes for agreeing them. Furthermore, the report describes the process for developing the Service Level Agreements with Area Committees for 2014/15.

(Presentation: 5 Minutes/ Discussion: 5 Minutes) (Presenting Officer: Tom Smith)

14 Ardsley and NEIGHBOURHOOD IMPROV EMENT OFFICER 89 - Robin Hood; UPDATE 112 Morley North; Morley South; To consider the report of the Area Leader, South Rothwell East Leeds, providing an update on the work of the Neighbourhood Improvement Officer (NIO) since the last report in July 2013. In addition, the report provides the Committee with a review of the Indices of Multiple Deprivation statistics for the Outer South area, highlighting priority areas and themes that could form the basis of a proposed refocused NIO work programme.

(Presentation: 5 Mins/ Discussion: 5 Minutes) (Presenting Officer: Ellie Rogers)

Item Ward Item Not Page No Open No

15 Morley North FRIENDS OF DRIGHLING TON COMMUNITY 113 - LIBRARY REQUEST FOR COMMUNITY 126 SUBSIDISED ACCOMMODATION

To consider the submitted report which invites Members to note the contents of the Area Leader’s report to the Assistant Chief Executive (Citizens and Communities) regarding a request from the Friends of Drighlington Library for Community Subsidised Accommodation. An update in respect of this matter will be provided at the Committee meeting.

(Presentation: 5 Minutes/ Discussion: 5 Minutes) (Presenting Officer: Aretha Hanson)

16 Ardsley and ST. GABRIEL'S COMMUN ITY CENTRE: REVIEW 127 - Robin Hood REPORT 140

To consider the report of the Area Leader, South East Leeds, providing a review of the operation of St Gabriel’s Community Centre over the last 12 months. The report highlights the work of the Management Committee, Outer South Community Centre Sub Committee, South East Area Support Team and partners in supporting the operation of the centre.

(Presentation: 5 Minutes/ Discussion: 5 Minutes) (Presenting Officer: Aretha Hanson)

Item Ward Item Not Page No Open No

17 Ardsley and DATES, TIMES AND VEN UES OF COMMUNITY 141 - Robin Hood; COMMITTEE MEETINGS 2014/2015 146 Morley North; Morley South; To consider the report of the City Solicitor which Rothwell seeks the Committee’s formal approval of a meeting schedule for the 2014/2015 municipal year and also to agree a date for the Election of Chair Committee meeting prior to the Annual Council Meeting in June 2014. In addition, the report asks Members to give consideration as to whether they wish to continue with the Committee’s current meeting and venue arrangements or whether they would like to request any amendments to such arrangements.

(Presentation: 5 Minutes/ Discussion: 5 Minutes) (Presenting Officer: Andy Booth)

18 Ardsley and SUMMARY OF KEY WORK 147 - Robin Hood; 204 Morley North; To consider the report of the Assistant Chief Morley South; Executive (Citizens and Communities) which Rothwell provides a summary of key work which the Area Support Team are engaged in based on priorities identified by the Area Committee, that are not covered elsewhere on this agenda. This report provides opportunities for further questioning or the opportunity to request a more detailed report on a particular issue.

(Presentation: 5 Minutes/ Discussion: 5 Minutes) (Presenting Officer: Aretha Hanson)

Item Ward Item Not Page No Open No

19 Ardsley and OUTER SOUTH AREA COM MITTEE 205 - Robin Hood; WELLBEING BUDGET REPORT 222 Morley North; Morley South; To consider the report of the Assistant Chief Rothwell Executive (Citizens and Communities) detailing the current position of the Wellbeing and Small Grants budgets, providing an update on the revenue, capital and activities fund elements of the Wellbeing budget, presenting details of revenue funding for consideration and approval, and providing details of revenue projects agreed to date.

(Presentation: 5 Minutes/ Discussion: 5 Minutes) (Presenting Officer: Aretha Hanson)

20 DATES, TIMES AND VEN UES OF FUTURE MEETINGS

Committee Members are invited to consider the proposed schedule of meetings, as suggested within the report entitled, ‘Dates, Times and Venues of Community Committee Meetings 2014/2015’ (Agenda Item 17 refers).

MAP OF MEETING VENUE - THORPE COMMUNITY CENTRE

Item Ward Item Not Page No Open No

Thir d Party Recording

Recording of this meeting is allowed to enable those not present to see or hear the proceedings either as they take place (or later) and to enable the reporting of those proceedings. A copy of the recording protocol is available from the contacts named on the front of this agenda.

Use of Recordings by Third Parties– code of practice

a) Any published recording should be accompanied by a statement of when and where the recording was made, the context of the discussion that took place, and a clear identification of the main speakers and their role or title. b) Those making recordings must not edit the recording in a way that could lead to misinterpretation or misrepresentation of the proceedings or comments made by attendees. In particular there should be no internal editing of published extracts; recordings may start at any point and end at any point but the material between those points must be complete.

This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 6

!" # #$ %& ' ! ( " %) !"#$#%"&#& '($" )$! &!& * " + *##+"&%# '&$ , " & *' + , " ! - , " " ! " . " . + "$(!&#%!, !"$+,-#$.' / M * + / *$1# (. / "0 1+ 1+2 , 0 ( " 3 3. " , +4 " + (.. )#%2)3# 4 * , 56 7 8 3 " 33 " 4 % ' , + * 4R , / + / " :

Page 1 • !$$* " 3 M " ' 0" + • - ( M " " 3 % $ ' < " < < = + • > 0 + / . " " : • , 0 % 4 % 4 , " . " " . $ ( + • < " . + 56M * + 3'"$+ *# ! * , $? 56 8 " " : • - • , - • • = " 3 , 0 • * %& + * 4R , / + R " " : • @ ! A!2+2M" = ( " " + • 4( " % ' A!M . " " + • - - 03 $ A !1C+CD M , " 3 " " + / " + • ' 4 " ( * ( A!1 M 58* +

Page 2 58* - , " + 58* = + 58* " = 6 A!2+2 4( " % ' A! - "3 A!1C+D ' M4 " ( * ( A!1 528* + 7 ! $-".#%8! !"$+ +++

Page 3 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 4 Agenda Item 8 Report authors: Victoria Eaton / Bash Uppal Tel: 0113 247 5685 Report of the Director of Public Health

Report to South (Outer) Area Committee

Date: Monday 31 st March 2014

Subject: Area Public Health update

Are specific electoral Wards affected? Yes No If relevant, name(s) of Ward(s): Ardsley and Robin Hood, Morley

North, Morley South, Rothwell

Are there implications for equality and diversity and cohesion and Yes No integration?

Is the decision eligible for Call-In? Yes No

Does the report contain confidential or exempt information? Yes No If relevant, Access to Information Procedure Rule number: Appendix number:

Summary of main issues

Area Committees now have one councillor with a remit for Health and Wellbeing. It is a key role in influencing and participating in health and wellbeing decisions and reducing inequalities in health. It enables the Area Lead to understand the linkages between the citywide Joint Health and Well Being Strategy steered by the Health and Wellbeing Board and locality level actions addressing local needs within an area committee.

The Area Committee is asked to: • Note the new arrangements in Leeds City Council around providing local leadership for public health • Understand the role of the Area Lead Member for Health and Wellbeing • Note the public health work that is currently being delivered in the Area Committee boundaries • Note how public health work in the Outer South Area is developing

Recommendations

The Area Committee is requested to note the changes in terms of Leeds City Council’s responsibility around public health; recognise and support the Area Lead Member for Health and Wellbeing role and make suggestions for future development of the public health agenda.

Page 5

Purpose of this report

1.1 The purpose of this report is to outline the action being taken to discharge the statutory responsibilities of Leeds City Council, to lead and deliver the public health agenda, raise awareness of the Area Lead member for Health and Wellbeing, inform the Area Committee of the current position regarding public health work in the outer south area and set the scene for future progress.

2 Background information

2.1 Following political changes at a national level in 2010, Primary Care Trusts were abolished in spring 2013 and accountability for the delivery of public health moved to Local Authorities, supported by the appointment of a Director of Public Health, Dr Ian Cameron.

2.2 Simultaneously the 3 Clinical Commissioning Groups (CCG) became responsible for commissioning healthcare services, based on the health needs assessments of their local populations. Leeds South & East CCG covers the majority of this area, with the exception of some parts of Morley and Ardsley ward that fall within WNW CCG boundary (see attached map appendix c). The Consultant in Public Health for the South East is also on the Board of the LSE CCG.

2.3 The Health and Wellbeing Board is now a statutory committee of Leeds City Council and has a range of statutory functions including publishing a Joint Strategic Needs Assessment (JSNA), a Joint Health and Wellbeing Strategy (JHWBS) and reviewing / monitoring the extent to which Clinical Commissioning Groups and the Local Authority have taken due regard of the JSNA and the JHWBS in their commissioning plans. It will also encourage integrated working and a partnership approach in relation to arrangements for providing health, health-related or social care services.

3 Main issues

3.1 Leeds City Council now has a new responsibility to provide local leadership for public health, underpinned by new statutory functions, dedicated resources and a broader expert public health team. A ring fenced grant, transferred to the Local Authority will deliver Public Health Outcomes across four domains: Improving the Wider Determinants of Health; Health Improvement; Health Protection; Healthcare Public Health.

There are five mandated services which have been transferred: • Protecting the health of the local population. • Ensuring NHS commissioners receive the public health advice they need. • Appropriate access to sexual health services. • The National Child Measurement programme. • NHS Health Check.

One of the Best Council objectives is focused on providing high quality public health services. This will be measured by 5 indicators; an increase in successful completion of drug and alcohol treatment; increase in the number of people accessing stop smoking services; increase in HIV testing in men who have sex with men; increase in uptake of the NHS Health Check in areas of greatest health inequality; and that each LCC directorate and CCG business plan includes action that contributes to the health and well-being strategy priorities.

Page 6

3.2 A Health and Wellbeing Board has now been established as a statutory committee of Leeds City Council and it has published a Joint Health and Wellbeing Strategy for Leeds (2013 – 2015). The overall vision is that Leeds will be a healthy and caring city for all ages, with a principle in all outcomes that people who are the poorest will improve their health the fastest. It has 5 Outcomes: • People will live longer and have healthier lives. • People will full, active and independent lives. • People’s quality of life will be improved by access to quality services. • People will be involved in decisions made about them. • People will live in healthy and sustainable communities.

And four commitments:

• Support more people to choose healthy lifestyles. • Ensure everyone will have the best start in life. • Improve people’s mental health and wellbeing. • Increase the number of people supported to live safely in their own home.

3.3 A review of area working was accepted at full Council on the 22 nd May 2013 and Area Leads for Health and Wellbeing (ALHWB) have been created which are intrinsically linked to the area committee structure. This role provides a Member focus on Health and Wellbeing supports the area committee Chair and maintains close links with Cllr Mulherin, the Executive Member for Health and Chair of the Health and Wellbeing Board.

3.4 The role provides the opportunity to continue to impact positively on local people’s lives by: • Making sure and checking that actions are being taken to improve the health and wellbeing of local people. • Including the Joint Strategic Needs Assessment and Joint Health and Wellbeing Strategy (JHWBS), in priority setting across the area committee and ensuring the implementation of the Joint Health and Wellbeing Strategy at local level through the active engagement of elected members and local authority services. • Providing local leadership to improve “the health of the poorest, fastest” in line with our ambition to be the best city for health and wellbeing. • Ensuring a focus on delivery of the four commitments of the JHWBS at a local level. • Championing partnership working and the integration of health and wellbeing / healthcare services and initiatives by building links with local GPs and CCGs and the third sector. • Working closely with other Area Leads e.g. for Children’s Services and Adult Social Care to ensure work is co-ordinated and makes sense for local people and communities. • Identifying, understanding and helping address the health and wellbeing needs of local people and the issues and barriers they encounter, and ensuring that local issues are recognised in health assessment, planning and decision- making at a citywide level.

Page 7

3.5 The 3 SE Area Lead Members for Health and Wellbeing are supported by the Consultant in Public Health for the SE and the Area Health and Well Being Improvement Manager. The Area Health and Well Being Improvement Manager post and that of the corresponding Health Improvement Officer is now incorporated within the locality Public Health team led by a Consultant in Public Health (Chief Officer).

Activities from the last year are reported on as shown at Appendix A, along with an update on public health data.

The Area Health and Wellbeing Partnership arrangements have recently been reviewed and a revised structure of an Area Health and Wellbeing Executive Group has been established. This will accommodate and strengthen reporting arrangements between neighbourhood Health and Wellbeing Partnership Groups and will be a sub group of the Area Leadership Team. It will also provide support for the Area Leads to exert influence in terms of Health and Wellbeing at local and citywide level through the Health and Wellbeing Board Corporate Considerations.

3.6 The revised working arrangements have been drawn up as a direct response to ensure Leeds City Council can effectively discharge its new responsibility in terms of improving public health.

4 Consultation and Engagement

4.1 There has been considerable consultation with stakeholders within Leeds City Council, the Health and Wellbeing Board and Leeds South and East Clinical Commissioning Group. There hasn’t been formal consultation with the public, but the new arrangements are intended to provide a greater accountability for delivery of community felt needs and outcomes.

5 Equality and Diversity / Cohesion and Integration

5.1 The new arrangements are not envisaged to impact adversely, or reinforce inequalities of health for any group.

6 Council policies and City Priorities

6.1 The work is developing in line with the City Priority plan, the leadership of the Chair of the Health and Wellbeing Board and the Health and Wellbeing Strategy.

7 Resources and value for money

7.1 It is not anticipated that this way of working will incur any additional resources.

8 Legal Implications, Access to Information and Call In

8.1 None.

9 Risk Management

9.1 None.

Page 8

10 Conclusions

10.1 This way of working is expected to provide the Area Committee with a comprehensive and regular account of health and wellbeing activity taking place in the local area. It provides the local Health and Well Being Area Leads with a key role in influencing and participating in health decisions and reducing inequalities in health. It also enables the Area Health and Well Being Lead Member to understand the linkages between and champion broader approaches to tackle the wider determinants, lifestyle factors and inequalities in healthcare through partnership approaches at a locality level.

11 Recommendations

11.1 The Area Committee is requested to note the changes in terms of Leeds City Council’s responsibility around public health; recognise / support the Area Lead for Health and Wellbeing role and make suggestions for future development of the public health agenda.

Page 9 Appendix A

Outer South Area Committee Health and Wellbeing Summary Findings from MSOA health profiles

1. Overarching Indicator - Life Expectancy

The health and wellbeing of the population in Outer South contains wide variation across the mid-range of Leeds. None of the population is in areas of Leeds that fall into the 10% most deprived in England.

Life expectancy within the 12 MSOA areas making up the Outer South Area Committee area are almost all clustered around the Leeds average of between 78.6 years in the lowest MSOA area to 83.9 years in the highest MSOA area.

The age structure of the Outer South population bears some resemblance to that of Leeds overall, with fewer adults under 40 than Leeds. GP recorded ethnicity shows the Area Committee area to have a slightly larger proportion of “white background” (70%) than Leeds (66%) and lower proportions of all other groups. However 17% of the GP population in Leeds have no recorded ethnicity which needs to be taken into account here.

2. People will live longer and have healthier lives - Premature mortality

In terms of premature mortality, i.e. deaths under 75yrs from all causes, the directly standardised rates which take account of the age structure of a population are, for both men and women, in almost all parts of the Outer South area below the Leeds average for men and women.

Cancer mortality rates in the Outer South area show Morley West* MSOA male rates to be higher than that of Deprived Leeds.

Circulatory disease rates and respiratory disease mortality in the area are both mostly around the Leeds figure.

3. Lifestyle Behaviours

Smoking prevalence in the Outer South area is mostly below the Leeds average.

Obesity rates (24%) are all within a narrow band between the Leeds rates (21%) and the most deprived fifth of the population rates (25%).

Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) and Coronary Heart Disease (CHD) Prevalence of both COPD and CHD are quite widely spread in the area committee area, from very low at West Ardsley and East Ardsley to very near the highest in Leeds at Rothwell and Morley West*.

Alcohol specific admission rates are all below or around the Leeds rate, except for the Morley East and Morley West* MSOAs which have female admission rates significantly higher than the Leeds rate.

*Morley East and Morley West MSOA are part of the Morley South ward (see appendix d map).

Page 10

Cancer (all types) and diabetes prevalence are mostly around the Leeds average, reflecting the older age profile of this area. Rothwell stands out as being within the highest parts of Leeds in both cases.

Although there are no direct activities in relation to cancer awareness in Morley West or Rothwell there are a number of national Be Clear on Cancer campaigns which will cover those areas. The campaigns aim to raise awareness of the different cancers with a focus on the most common cancers, breast, bowel & lung cancer. The latest campaigns are:

• 3rd Feb-16 th March 2014. Focus over 70’s breast campaign. Television, Direct mail & Leaflets. • 10 th - 31 st March – Lung cancer campaign. Details yet to be released.

4. People’s quality of life will be improved by access to quality services Improving mental health

Data around mental health need across Leeds shows a greater level of need in areas of high deprivation, both for common mental health problems (depression & anxiety) and severe mental illness, which is reflected across the South East population. There is a citywide partnership group and one of the key actions they are progressing is the production of a directory of resources which once completed will be communicated through events in localities run by the area health and wellbeing team.

5. Place based work and wider determinants of health

Several national reports including ‘The Marmot Report’ stress as well as lifestyle behaviours the impacts social, environment and economic situations have on people’s health. The Leeds city Joint Health and Wellbeing Strategy includes a number of priorities that focus on wider determinants of health. Priorities such as ‘giving children the best start in life’, addressing the issues of fuel poverty, unemployment and financial poverty are all factors that impact on wellbeing.

Activity such as the ‘Winter Warmth Package for the Elderly’ that the Area Committee funded jointly with Housing and delivered in partnership with the Neighbourhood Networks is a good example of contributing to supporting addressing reduction in excess winter deaths.

The table below shows local health and wellbeing activity that has taken place, or is in the process of being developed in Outer South over the last year. This activity has been planned on the basis of the information presented in the 2011 Joint Strategic Needs Assessment.

Also on appendix B is a table listing all the GP practices covering Outer South Area Committee area and includes information of healthy living services provided.

Page 11

Leeds South & East Area Health and Wellbeing Team The South and East Locality Team activities contribute to delivery of the Leeds Joint Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2013 -2015.

Priorities are determined through engagement with citywide and local governance arrangements in particular through the area health and wellbeing partnership, area committees and area leadership team.

Activity focusses on health improvement and wider determinants of health initiatives.

Key Outcomes from Health and Wellbeing Strategy Supported by Locality team are: • People will live longer and healthier lives. • People’s quality of life will be improved by access to quality services. • People will live in healthy and sustainable communities.

Strategic Our Actions 2013/14 Progress Update Priorities priorities

H&WB Alcohol and Local licensing policy South Leeds Licensing Framework in place plan: related framework drafted for and being implemented, with restriction Support Community reducing and placing measures applied to all new and revised more Safety Harm restriction measures applications. people to Reduction on off licenses in An opportunity to develop a similar framework choose Programme. LS10/11 to be in other key neighbourhoods where alcohol healthy endorsed by LCC. use is problematic is being explored. lifestyles To develop local Leeds York Partnership Foundation Trust and arrangements to Leeds Teaching Hospital Trust agreed to a reducing high intensive data sharing agreement and data being users of hospital reviewed to establish the need for joint work. admissions through multi agency work LSE CCG is enhancing alcohol treatment between police and service to key practices. treatment support providers. Establish Police safeguarding team trained and making arrangements to referrals to Alcohol Treatment Support support domestic services using Audit C assessment toolkit. violence cases where alcohol is a Quarterly monitoring activity underway with 12 contributory factor to referrals made in the first quarter but only 1 access treatment attended. Therefore fixed penalty notice support through approach agreed as incentive to waive on referrals from Police attendance for treatment support. Safeguarding team using Audit C toolkit. Strengthen alcohol treatment support take up through link to fixed penalty notices.

Page 12

Reducing Run promotional Promotional materials produced and shared Harmful awareness raising with dentists, pharmacies and GP practices in Effects of campaigns on target neighbourhoods, also campaign both dangers of Niche messages aired through local radio station. Cigarette Tobacco (chewing 74 frontline staff and 534 residents so far Smoking products such as updated with further sessions planned. 13 and Niche paan and water users accessing cessation support. Tobacco pipes/shisha). ‘A report has been produced by LCC Health use. 4 key strands of work and Safety Team entitled ‘Shisha smoking and in the programme smoke free legislation’. This report went to namely; awareness October’s Licensing Committee and was well raising on dangers of received, with members being supportive of niche tobacco the work that is taking place. products; tailored In May the Health and Safety team cessation support; successfully prosecuted two shisha bar owners briefings for frontline and the team have also identified 24 shisha staff and communities; premises across the city. Advisory/compliance retailer education and visits to these premises have been carried out enforcement with an information pack being left for the premises owner. In July Health and Safety visited one premises with the Police and in November led three multi agency visits involving the Police, Licensing, Planning, HMRC and Trading Standards. Multi agency group established and enforcement pilots planned. Reducing smoking Promoting key messages locally using a range prevalence rates of medias e.g. Stoptober programme.

The NHS Healthcheck for 40+ is a key tool used by primary care to assess and refer patients to early treatment support services such as smoking cessation. LCC Public Health have been involved in developing revised smoking at work guidance for LCC workforce to include no use of any tobacco products to take account of smokeless tobacco items such as e-cigarettes, shisha pens. Promoting Awareness raising and Promoting ‘Leeds let’s get active’ and bodyline Healthy capacity building on referral schemes. Weight activity being Programme developed to increase to address take up of existing and Obesity new provisions. Developing new Evidence gathering for developing a approaches taking supplementary policy to the core strategy to best practice from restrict numbers of takeaways near schools elsewhere e.g. take underway. Also looking at replicating best away free zones; good practice learning on work with existing food award takeaways to improve nutritional value of hot programmes. meals.

Page 13

H&WB plan: Community Support the development Neighbourhood Networks participating in the Ensure Capacity and development / programme with the aim of providing low level people have Building delivery of the integrated support to tackle isolation and need for befriending equitable health and social care provision for older people. access to initiative, supporting

screening engagement with local and community and voluntary prevention sector organisations. services to Establish volunteer Work has taken place to engage with the community reduce health champions within Morley, Gildersome and Drighlington with the premature programme aim of recruiting volunteer health champions. These mortality champions would help to pass on simple health related messages to other members of the community. Recruitment through open community information sessions has not proved successful so we are now speaking to groups in the area to establish local partnerships with the aim of working together to put a champion programme in place. Build local Delivery of ‘health is HIEB briefings planned to train up Leeds social workforce everyone’s business’ sector housing provider staff. capacity briefings locally to frontline workers. Run local topic based Briefings run on a number of key priority topics (see training to cascade key alcohol; mental health etc) for the south east area messages and enhance as a whole involving a range of partner agencies signposting residents to and their local workforce. prevention and early intervention support. H&WB plan: Addressing Develop shared Mapping work underway linking in with review of Improve Findings from understanding of current MIND website. Agreed to run local event in South people’s Mental Health local service provision East once directory completed to promote and mental needs and how to access. signpost to services. health and assessment wellbeing and Suicide audit H&WB plan: Welfare Linking with SE area Actively engaged in welfare reforms group activity. Increase reforms and welfare reforms working Including supported to access public health funding advice and financial group and SE debt to commission financial fitness programme and debt support to inclusion forum. forum work. minimise activity supported Local activity to promote Commissioned Aire Valley Homes to establish debt and welfare reforms changes computer access points. maximise and financial inclusion. peoples income Commissioning financial Commissioned West Yorkshire Trading Standards to fitness project. deliver financial fitness programme. Identifying and mapping Completed IT mapping supporting promotion. IT access points for local communities in preparation for universal credit.

Promoting and Secured SE CCG funding to enhance local advice

signposting to financial and financial support services in local primary care inclusion advice and community settings. services.

* Please note this does not include all the citywide Public Health work programmes and commissioned services which will impact on the Area Committee

Page 14 Appendix B SE Area – GP Practices and Healthy Living Services Provision

Practice Lead GP Practice name Deprivation Registered No. of % of Health No. of Healthy No. of Alcohol CAB Health Health code rank scale smoking people practice Trainer people Lifestyle people worker worker Check Check advisors in SETTING smoking on site accessing advisor accessing (ADS) Target carried practice A QUIT population a Health on site Healthy on site out DATE (in- setting QD Trainer Lifestyle house and (NICE Advisor specialist recommend service) s 5%) B86020 Blakemore Lofthouse 101 Yes 40 2.80% 623 381 LT and Surgery/ The Partners Manse Rothwell

B86001 Haque ME Morley Health 77 29 5.27 133 92 Centre B86006 Garrett CJJ Oulton Medical Yes 77 3.97 769 543 and Centre / Marsh St Partners Surgery

B86057 Adams RJ Windsor House 98 87 894 598 Page 15 and Surgery/ Partners Shenstone House Churlwell (W)/ Adwalton House Drighlington (W) B86064 Elliot N and Leigh View 100 102 4.23 1053 762 Partners Medical Surgery (W)

B86067 Ledger SJ Fountain Medical 92 225 7.64 935 626 and Centre Partners

B86077 Grange New Cross 90 46 4.66 345 85 Medicare Surgery Ltd

B86101 Singh J L Gildersome 104 Yes 5 0.84 and Health Centre Partners

B86678 Gupta F Drighlington 89 4 1 146 86 and Medical Centre Partners

Appendix C Map showing MSOA boundaries Page 16

Appendix D

Page 17

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 18 Agenda Item 9

Report author: Gerry Shevlin Tel: 2243040

Report of the Director of Environment and Housing

Report to Outer South Area Committee

Date: Monday 31 st March 2014

Subject: Community Safety in Outer South

Are specific electoral Wards affected? Yes No If relevant, name(s) of Ward(s): Ardsley Robin Hood, Morley North, Morley South and Rothwell Are there implications for equality and diversity and cohesion and Yes No integration?

Is the decision eligible for Call-In? Yes No

Does the report contain confidential or exempt information? Yes No If relevant, Access to Information Procedure Rule number: Appendix number:

Summary of main issues

1. This report provides information on crime trends and a range of community safety activity that has taken place during 2012/13 and 2013/14. 2. It updates Members on the key priorities for 2013/14 and summarises wellbeing spend on community safety issues. 3. The report identifies future priorities for 2014/15 including the Leeds Policing Review and establishment of Safer Neighbourhood Teams.

Recommendations

4. The Committee is asked to note the contents of this report and make comment as appropriate.

Page 19

1.0 Purpose of Report

1.1 This report provides an annual update from the Area Community Safety Co-ordinator on progress made in Outer South to deliver the priorities of the Safer Leeds Executive during 2012/13 and 2013/14. It provides an overview of activity and performance information at a ward level to reduce crime and ASB in neighbourhoods and in relation to the delegated function of CCTV. The report provides an overview of wellbeing funded activity that has taken place during 2013.

1.2 Members are asked to note that the annual report on Community Safety has in previous years been presented to the September meeting of the Area Committee. It was deferred this year to a later meeting in order to allow sufficient opportunity for the Community Safety Area Lead Member to contribute to its development. It was further deferred to allow the Members opportunity to focus their February meeting on a Basic Needs workshop. The information it contains by necessity covers a longer time scale than usual and the most up to date information available has been presented. Members are advised that the next scheduled report is due to be presented to the Area Committee in September 2014.

2.0 Background information

2.1 Leeds has an ambition to be the best city in the UK with the best Community Safety Partnership and services. Safer Leeds will focus on the outcome that “people in Leeds will be safe and feel safe in their homes, in the streets and the places they go”. The strategic assessment for 2013/14 highlighted a number of priorities for Leeds:

• Strengthening the partnership approach to support a reduction in domestic abuse . • Continued focus on reducing domestic burglary and its impact across Leeds. • Effectively tackle and reduce ASB in our communities • Improve our understanding of and approach to deal with Child Sexual Exploitation • Reduce re-offending • Deal with increased use of legal highs and cannabis in the city

2.2 The South Leeds Community Safety Environmental Partnership is responsible for delivering progress against those outcomes for Inner and Outer South Leeds. The Outer South Area Lead Member for Community Safety (Cllr Karen Bruce) is the Area Committee’s representative on this forum.

2.3 The activity detailed in this report represents an overview of the contribution being made at a local level by a range of partners to achieve the Vision for Leeds and address locality concerns. Crime statistics for 2012/13 and the first nine months of 2013/14 are presented at Appendix 1 . The overall trend is that overall crime has reduced or remained stable across Outer South Leeds.

Page 20

2.4 Members will recall a report presented to them in September 2012 updating on community safety activity and trends during the previous year. Feedback from Members on the content of the report was positive. Further discussion with the Area Lead Member has led to a more succinct overview of activity being presented in this report. Members are invited to comment on the content.

3.0 Progress on strategic and local priorities

3.1 Strengthening the partnership approach to support a reduction in domestic abuse.

3.1.1 Tackling domestic abuse is a Best Council Objective and a priority for the Safer Leeds Executive. There are a number of initiatives underway across the city to support a reduction in domestic abuse. These include Multi Agency Risk Assessment Conferences (MARACs) that aim to reduce the risk to victims and their families who are at high risk of lethal violence by implementing a multi-agency plan. The Domestic Abuse Scheme Safer Leeds (DASSL) takes referrals from Children’s Social Work Service (CSWS) for men who pose a risk to families who are either subject to a Child Protection Plan or at risk of being subject to a plan. Developments in Children’s Services to improve the service response offered to families referred in by the police where incidents of domestic violence have taken place.

3.1.2 The focus in Outer South Leeds during 2013 has been to reduce alcohol related domestic violence through a partnership approach. Key activity includes the development of referral pathways to increase the numbers of repeat domestic abuse victims and perpetrators accessing alcohol support and treatment. The Leeds Domestic Violence team have developed a multi-agency training programme to raise awareness of the inter-relationship between alcohol and domestic abuse.

3.2 Continued focus on reducing burglary and its impact across Leeds

3.2.1 Reducing burglary remains a key strategic priority for the city. In 2012/13, there were 5,305 domestic burglaries in Leeds; down 31% compared with the previous year (2,357 fewer victims), the best Leeds has ever achieved. Information circulated to Members via email shows that the four Outer South wards continue to perform well with no significant increases in burglary numbers over the period. The Area Committee have continued to support the Neighbourhood Policing Team in its efforts to reduce burglary via wellbeing funding (see section 7 for details).

3.2.2 The operational focus for NPTs across Outer South has been to secure continued reduction in burglary offences with resources being deployed in the key areas at the key times. Optimal Threat Mapping is now used as a tool to predict locations of further potential offences. Through this method, officers are deployed to potentially vulnerable locations to provide deterrence and reassurance. This has been enhanced by the Division deploying an Optimal Reserve (1 Sgt and 4 PCSO’s) daily to ‘super cocoon’ and offer appropriate crime prevention advice The ‘Only Takes A Minute’ campaign has continued to be publicised to raise awareness and reduce apathy. Immobilise has been used across the Outer South to encourage residents to register their property making it less attractive to thieves and increasing the likelihood of it being returned to its owner if it is stolen.

Page 21

3.3 Effectively tackle and reduce ASB in our communities

3.3.1 The Leeds Anti-Social Behaviour Team (LASBT) continues to effectively deal with all forms of ASB including hate crime. LASBT investigated 447 cases during the 2012/13 period. This is an increase of 30% from 2011/12 period (314 cases). The increase seen is possibly as a result of the increased presence of the team in the community, involving joined up work with the police and a number of other agencies. This presence has encouraged more reporting as confidence to report increases within a community. The integration of the day time noise service into the team has added to the breadth of service the team are able to provide to residents. A summary of LASBT activity in each ward is presented at Appendix 2 .

3.3.2 The team’s performance in achieving Service Standards and Customer Satisfaction has also increased from the 2011/12 out turn – see Appendix 3 . ‘Satisfaction with the service delivered’ by the team for 2012/13 was 95.6%, with 88.1% of customers stating they were ‘satisfied with the outcome of the case’. This level of performance is within the Upper Quartile nationally, and other local authorities have approached Leeds City Council to look at our processes and how this level of performance has been achieved.

3.3.3 There have been a number of successful legal outcomes in resolving ASB cases including Premises Closure, ASB Injunctions, Court Undertakings, and Possession Orders. LASBT have also been involved in the Leeds Burglary Reduction Programme, undertaking joint visits with police when prolific burglars are released into the community and making a positive contribution to the co-ordinated case management of “up and coming” offenders.

3.3.4 The team have played a key role in delivering the Families First initiative in South Leeds and have developed processes to continue to work in partnership to address the ASB of complex and problematic families.

3.3.5 The integration of the day time Noise Nuisance service into the team has seen improvements in the management of noise cases. New procedures have been developed and noise nuisance is now dealt with in the same way as ASB reports. Due to the infancy of this integration the noise process is subject to on-going review.

3.3.6 Hate Crime as a form of ASB is also addressed by LASBT and its partners. A review of Hate Incident Reporting Centres was undertaken in order to ensure that residents of south Leeds are aware of venues other than police stations where they can report hate crime . Information about the current HIRC provision in Leeds is included at Appendix 4 . The South Leeds Hate Crime MARAC aims to problem solve repeat or high risk cases of hate crime. During 2012/13, 11 cases had been referred to the South Leeds MARAC

3.3.7 Victim Support play a key role in supporting and advocating on behalf of victims of ASB including hate crime. Their work has been enhanced as a result of wellbeing funding allocated by the Area Committee. The funding allows them to target harden properties of vulnerable victims where no alternative is available.

Page 22

3.4 Improve our understanding of and approach to deal with Child Sexual Exploitation

3.4.1 There is increasing public and partnership concern around Child Sexual Exploitation (CSE). CSE is a type of child sexual abuse. It is the organised and deliberate exploitation of a child purely for the sexual gratification of adults. Any young person could become a victim of child sexual exploitation; the crime affects both girls and boys, from any background and of any ethnicity. The nature of the abuse means that it is significantly under reported. Whilst significant progress has been made in mapping the extent of this abuse, the full picture remains unknown.

3.4.2 A strategy group and framework have been established by the Leeds Safeguarding Children’s Board (LSCB) to take forward this important area of work. Safer Leeds has played a key role in developing an intelligence hub to collate information and progress investigations into allegations of CSE across Leeds. Through LSCB a CSE sub group has been established and a strategic plan is in development. A key activity is raising awareness of the issue across communities. West Yorkshire Police’s 'Know the Signs' campaign aims to advise everyone across West Yorkshire of the typical signs of child sexual exploitation and what they should do if they know a young person who might be a victim. Publicity material has been distributed by the NPTs across Outer South Leeds.

3.4.3 This activity is being supported locally by wedge based Practitioner Forums that are chaired by the Area Community Safety Co-ordinator in each area. The South Leeds forum has had three meetings to date. It aims to provide a networking opportunity for partners, to raise awareness around the issue and services available and to share good practice across areas and services. The group is in the process of developing awareness raising sessions for practitioners and Ward Members to be delivered by partners early in 2014. A session for parents of Year 7 pupils at South Leeds Academy was delivered in January 2014. Evaluation from that session will inform future awareness raising activity with parents and communities.

3.5 Reduce re-offending

3.5.1 West Yorkshire Police and partner agencies have worked together for several years to tackle prolific offenders and reduce their offending. The approach known as Integrated Offender Management (IOM) is a key driver in addressing and reducing the significant harm being caused to our communities by recidivism. The partnership approach seeks to identify problematic offenders and address the factors that contribute towards their offending behaviour. A review into the IOM approach was carried out by police during 2013 and its findings are under consideration.

3.5.2 During 2013, City and Holbeck Division adopted a multi-agency approach to identify individuals who are at risk of becoming more prolific or involved in more serious forms of offending. The “Amber Nominals” group has developed plans to reduce the offending of 20 individuals across south Leeds. These include disruption visits from NPTs, offering opportunities to access employment and training and referral to specialist services.

Page 23

3.6 Reduce the harm caused by substance misuse – with a focus on dealing with increased use of legal highs and cannabis in the city

3.6.1 Reducing the impact of substance misuse in communities continues to be an active priority for the partnership. Members of the public continue to provide the Police with positive leads about Cannabis and other types of drug dealing. One of the significant emerging issues for the city is the sale and use of new psychoactive substances, so called legal highs. Safer Leeds has a three stranded approach to this new are a of work: Intelligence gathering, education and enforcement. The South Leeds Community Safety and Environmental Partnership has reviewed the priority and is progressing a programme of work to address cannabis use, alcohol and legal highs through appropriate use of education, awareness raising and enforcement.

3.6.2 The South Leeds Alcohol Harm Reduction Partnership has led a number of successful activities during 2013. The group developed Licensing Guidance for Inner South Leeds to encourage potential applicants to take steps that will reduce the negative impact of sales of alcohol in communities. The guidance is being piloted in Inner South and has attracted local and regional interest. The group also co- ordinated joint awareness raising to promote Alcohol Awareness Week and 16 Days of Action during November 2012 across Inner and Outer South Leeds.

4.0 Ward based activity

4.1 This section provides highlights of the wide range of activity carried out by Neighbourhood Policing Teams and their partners to improve community safety in Outer South.

4.2 Ardsley Robin Hood ward

4.2.1 Rothwell NPT, Neighbourhood Crime Team and Roads Policing Unit has routinely provided visibility in Robin Hood and Lofthouse ensuring the A61 and A654 have been covered to prevent travelling criminals coming into the area.

4.2.2 Tingley and East Ardsley priorities have focused around Anti-social behaviour on the Fairleigh Estate around the shops and park. A huge amount of work has been undertaken to challenge and arrest offenders and raise awareness. PCSO’s continue to work with councillors to seek diversionary projects and the funding of a youth shelter.

4.2.3 The Police have also managed two large scale Gypsy traveller horse fairs which drew in thousands of travellers. The first fair saw an unrelated disturbance that later led to a murder in the Thorpe area of Leeds and this naturally raised public tension. Considerable resources were utilised to maintain public safety.

Page 24

4.3 Morley North ward

4.3.1 Drighlington priorities have been around Anti-social behaviour on Fairfax Avenue and Oakwell Road. The NPT have run Operation Digside patrolling the area and challenging a number of youths. Patrols have been maintained in the area over the past few weeks and local residents have continued to report a positive improvement. They have also been very helpful in letting local PCSOs know when and where youths are gathering, enabling officers to stop them, give advice and move them on.

4.3.2 Gildersome priorities focused on speeding vehicles on Town Street and Finkle Lane. Officers have carried out speeding initiatives along with participating schools and school children, deployed with the Speed Indicating Device and officers with the pro laser enforcement gun where necessary. Both devices were funded by the Outer South Area Committee.

4.4 Morley South ward

4.4.1 Morley South priorities have been around Anti-social behaviour in Scatcherd Park and at the rear of the leisure centre and Anti-social behaviour from large groups of youths on Windsor Court. Morley NPT have worked with staff from the Leisure centre, Morrison’s and local schools around tackling the other ASB problems. Police have challenged youths confiscated and disposed of the alcohol and cigarettes and given warning and advice. Neighbourhood officers will continue to provide a high visible presence in the area.

4.4.2 Morley Police also supported a large number of local events including St George’s parade, Morley Literature festival, Bonfires and Christmas lights.

4.4.3 The Harrop estate within the Britannia area continues to suffer from reports of Anti- social behaviour and there is on-going work between agencies. Police have carried out operation Deedbank to tackle nuisance youths, illegal use of motorbikes and drugs abuse. This work remains on-going.

4.5 Rothwell ward

4.5.1 Working together with Trading Standards and the Council Rothwell NPT have established 2 ‘No Cold Calling Zones’ in the Ward area.

4.5.2 Rothwell NPT, Neighbourhood Crime Team and Roads Policing Units routinely provide visibility on the key routes into the Rothwell ward area – Bullerthorpe Lane, Aberford Road A642 and Leeds Road - to disrupt and deter travelling criminals.

4.5.3 There has been a slight increase in the number of burglary other offences recorded. These have tended to be garages and sheds. Items stolen have included tools and high value pedal cycles. RNPT have been able to purchase bike locks and ‘Immobi Tags’ to distribute to the community. A pedal cycle security event was held in conjunction with Woodrup Cycles in 2013 which was very well received. There is an intention to run a further event in early 2014. Local media and social networking sites have been used to continue to raise awareness. Area Committee funding has also been used to part fund CASAC target hardening to support victims of shed burglary.

Page 25

4.5.4 In relation to Theft from motor Vehicle offences there has been a focus on raising awareness in respect of leaving vehicles insecure and Sat Navs on display. Areas have been targeted and officers have leaflet dropped and door knocked to raise awareness. Rothwell NPT have also deployed asset vehicles as part of their vehicle crime reduction plan. These have been deployed in key areas at keys times.

4.5.5 There has been some excellent partnership work done around the ASB issues at Jail Yard Parade. Calls for service have reduced over the summer period and Youth Services have worked closely with the ASB Link officers to canvass the young people as to what they feel they need. There are on-going meetings with Parks and Countryside, Local business and the Councillors to try to obtain funding to provide lights at the skate park.

4.5.6 Rothwell NPT have worked with Peter Smith from the Tea Cosy Café to provide additional training for the local officers in respect of Dementia sufferers in the area and raising awareness about the condition, signs and symptoms. There has been relevant support provided to those people who are caring for sufferers around target hardening their houses to reduce their feelings of vulnerability.

5.0 CCTV – Leedswatch

5.1 CCTV is one of a number of Service functions delegated to Area Committees. The Area Committee’s role in relation to this function is to ‘maintain an overview of the service in the Committee area and receive regular information about it.

5.2 Leedswatch provides a monitoring service for public space surveillance cameras covering open spaces across Leeds. The CCTV control room is staffed and images recorded 24 hours per day, 365 days a year. The service also provides two mobile CCTV vehicles for deployment within communities across Leeds. The Leedswatch service is responsible for providing a first response to Care Ring alarms. On call 24 hours a day, 7 days per week, this service responds to alarms from mainly elderly clients who find themselves in need of support. The service also provides a security response facility for some LCC buildings and lone workers.

5.3 The Out Of Hours Noise Nuisance Service transferred to Community Safety Leedswatch in May 2011 from Environmental Services. It is now integrated within the E&N Out of Hours Response Service. The aim of the service is to stop excessive noise from domestic properties between the hours of 6pm and 8am and to provide a witness service to support criminal and civil proceeding in relation to persistent noise nuisance perpetrators. The service operates, Mon – Fri 6pm – 6am, all day Sat, Sun and Bank Holidays 365 days per year.

5.4 The service is not a dedicated out of hours noise nuisance service, as the officers also provide responses to the following services: • Care Ring 1st Response service – emergency response service for vulnerable residents • Intruder & Fire Alarms – Council buildings, schools etc… • Loan Worker – Parking Enforcement Officers • Estate Patrols – Burglary hot spots • Key Holding • Patrol of business estates – Cross Green

Page 26

5.5 At present, the service consists of up to 4 officers dealing with calls, and two officers providing responses visiting perpetrators addresses. Capacity is limited with at peak times over 1,500 complaints being logged per month. With so many complaints, and limited capacity, it is not always possible to provide a response to every call received. However, at present call response rate is approx. 70% people receive a visit, and call handling rate at 94%.

5.6 The Out of Hours service has no enforcement powers. Their role is to visit the perpetrators address and politely ask them to ‘stop the noise’. Details are then logged on a database for the daytime (LASBT) team to pick up and investigate if required. The day time team have a range of enforcement powers that they can use to stop persistent noise issues, subject to suitable evidence being provided to demonstrate the impact that the noise is having, and that it meets ASB / Statutory noise enforcement criteria.

5.7 The service is currently being reviewed. The review is looking at the whole process end to end, making it more cohesive and fit for purpose. This will involve being clearer to customers about what type of complaint will get a response from the Team, more training for staff about noise legislation and improved and consistent communication to customers between the different service areas.

6.0 Future priorities and developments - 2014/15

6.1 Partnership priorities

6.1.1 The South Leeds Community Safety and Environmental Partnership will continue to co-ordinate and deliver activity towards the six priorities identified at 2.1 above. Some of the key areas to be progressed are as follows:

Strengthening the partnership approach Implement locality actions to support the to support a reduction in domestic refreshed Domestic Violence Strategy abuse . and Action Plan

Support roll out of Caring Dad’s programme and emerging perpetrator’s work in localities.

Support development of Partnership Safeguarding Hub to improve responses to families affected by domestic violence.

Continued focus on reducing domestic Continue to monitor levels of burglary burglary and its impact across Leeds. and respond using OBA model as appropriate.

Page 27

Effectively tackle and reduce ASB in Build on success of multi-agency our communities working across Outer South and enhance through development of Safer Neighbourhood Teams.

ASB and hate crime reports to be produced quarterly giving clearer picture of reporting across different types by ward; to be used to improve targeting of resource to areas of need.

Implement ASB legislation to be introduced circa autumn 2014.

Improve our understanding of and Develop neighbourhood responses that approach to deal with Child Sexual support professionals in identifying and Exploitation supporting victims and approaches to raise awareness in the community.

Reduce re -offending Continue to support the delivery of the Families First programme and reviewed Integrated Offender Management approaches.

Reduce the harm caused by substance Review known areas of cannabis use misuse – with a focus on dealing with and/or production to deliver enforcement increased use of legal highs and and education to reduce its impact in cannabis in the city target neighbourhoods.

Support Public Health in addressing use of NPS/legal highs.

Progress activity to identify and support users of alcohol who are High Intensive Users of hospital services and committing serious crimes.

6.2 Policing review and establishing Safer Neighbourhood Teams

6.2.1 In June 2013 West Yorkshire Police initiated a Programme of Change strategy, to improve Force performance and transform the way services are delivered by reducing demand and thereby support the delivery of policing. Embedded within the strategy is a commitment from West Yorkshire Police to work more closely with Partners to deliver the outcomes set out in the West Yorkshire Police and Crime Plan.

6.2.2 The transformation programme aims to build on existing, and develop new working arrangements, through potential co-location opportunities for Police and Partner resources to deliver a more integrated service provision. At the heart of this is the goal of ensuring communities are safe and feel safer.

Page 28

6.2.3 A series of wedge based workshops are being held across the city during March and April. The purpose of the workshops is to explore in each Area Committee area the development of a Safer Neighbourhood Team. The recommendations of these workshops are to be shared with the Area Committee for comment.

6.2.4 Chief Inspector Nik Adams will update the Area Committee on the progress of the Programme of Change and what this might look like for the Outer South area.

7.0 Area Committee Funded Activity

7.1 This section provides a summary of projects funded by the Outer South Area Committee. It contains an update on the projects that were in progress and had been rolled forward from 2011/12. It also summarises the projects approved, in progress and delivered during 2012/13 and 2013/14.

7.2 Wellbeing projects 2011/12

7.2.1 The Area Committee ringfenced amounts of money from the wellbeing fund to allow projects to be developed and delivered during 2011/12. The allocation for 11/12 was £8,000 revenue. A series of projects were developed and delivered in partnership between the NPT Inspectors, Area Community Safety Co-ordinator and Area Management Officer. Projects completed during that year have been previously reported to the Area Committee. The table below shows those projects that had been rolled forward to be completed during 2012/13. :

Name of project Amount Status Morley Tasking £2500 revenue CASAC were commissioned (2010/11)/CASAC burglary – confirm final to deliver a target hardening reduction project amount project to reduce burglary in invoiced. Morley NPT area. The project has been completed. Morley burglary reduction £1636.37 Project completed and project (Operation unspent funding was brought Deandale) back into the wellbeing pot.

7.3 Wellbeing projects 2012/13

7.3.1 The Outer South Area Committee in March 2012 repeated the process used during the previous year of ring fencing an allocation of wellbeing funding for community safety activity. A number of projects were approved for funding and the total allocation for those projects is £10,364 revenue.

Page 29

7.3.2 The table below shows a progress update on each project for Members information.

Project Summary Amount Progress Information allocated and start/end dates No Cold Calling Zones £1535.82 with Four Cold Calling Control Zones were match funding of established – in consultation with the West Yorkshire Trading £1500 from Aire respective Members in each of the Standards Valley Homes four wards.

Aim of the project to set up 4 September 2012 Project completed. No Cold Calling Zones – one to March 2013 in each ward - to deter rogue Drighlington Parish Council have also traders, nuisance calls and provided funding for a scheme in the pushy sales people, ultimately area. reducing the risk of doorstep crime. Off Road Bikes £1976 Project completed and further funding approved for 2013/14 at the Area West Yorkshire Police September 2012 Committee meeting in December – September 2013. Aim of the project to reduce 2013 ASB caused by nuisance motorbikes by funding the hire of two off road bikes for use by WYP Traffic Officers

Victims Fund £1000 Project completed and further funding approved for 2013/14 at the Area Victim Support Ongoing Committee meeting in May 2013.

Aim of the project to provide low level target hardening to residents in Outer South experiencing ASB.

Crime and Grime projects £4000 - Feeling Safe in Rothwell was allocated completed by March 2013. Leeds Community Safety and NPTs. £1999.70 for No new applications made for funding feeling safe in during 2012/13 by Morley NPT. To support the delivery of Rothwell projects identified by the multi £2000.30 returned to the wellbeing agency Crime and Grime pot. groups in Morley and Rothwell Tingley Crescent Gating £3839.05 Project completed. Project To reduce ASB.

Page 30

7.4 Wellbeing projects 2013/14

7.4.1 The Outer South Area Committee in March 2013 repeated the process used during the previous year of ring fencing an allocation of wellbeing funding for community safety activity. A number of projects were approved for funding and the total allocation for those projects is £5660.36 revenue.

7.4.2 The table below shows a progress update on each project for Members information.

Project Summary Amount Progress Information allocated and start/end dates Off Road Bikes £2240 – This project has received approved funding from the Outer West Yorkshire Police December South Area Committee 2013 since March 2011 and has Aim of the project to reduce been continued to deliver ASB caused by nuisance good outcomes each year. motorbikes by funding the hire of two off road bikes for use by WYP Traffic Officers

Victims Fund £1000 – Project on-going approved May Victim Support 2013

Aim of the project to provide low level target hardening to residents in Outer South experiencing ASB.

NPT projects £4000

Leeds Community Safety

To support the delivery of projects identified by the Neighbourhood Policing Teams in Outer South

• Rothwell shed bars £1000 Project is under review due approved to delays in commencement. • Rothwell NPT – £1063.76 Project completed Operation Flame • Rothwell NPT – pedal £300 Approved at Area cycle for PCSO Committee meeting • Morley NPT – £1217.60 December 2013 Operation Dark Nights Approved at Area Committee meeting December 2013

Page 31

8.0 Corporate Governance Considerations

8.1 Consultation and Engagement

8.1.1 There are no immediate requirements for customer consultation with regards to the content of this particular report.

8.2 Equality and Diversity / Cohesion and Integration

8.2.1 There are no Equality, Diversity, Cohesion or Integration considerations as a result of this report.

8.3 Council Policies and City Priorities

8.3.1 The activity outlined in this report contribute to targets and priorities set out in the Safer and Stronger Communities Plan

8.4 Resources and Value for Money

8.4.1 There are no resources or value for money considerations in this report.

8.5 Legal Implications, Access to Information and Call In

8.5.1 There are no legal, access to information or call in implications in this report.

8.6 Risk Management

8.6.1 There are no risk management issues associated with this report.

9.0 Conclusions

9.1 Not applicable as this report is information based.

10.0 Recommendations

10.1 The Outer South Area Committee is asked to note the contents of this report and make comment as appropriate.

11.0 Background documents 1

11.1 There are no background documents associated with this report.

1 The background documents listed in this section are available for inspection on request for a period of four years following the date of the relevant meeting. Accordingly this list does not include documents containing exempt or confidential information, or any published works. Requests to inspect any background documents should be submitted to the report author.

Page 32 ARDSLEY &ROBIN HOOD MORLEY NORTH MORLEY SOUTH ROTHWELL OUTER SOUTH Recorded Crime by Ward 01/04/2012 to 31/03/2013 Offences Change % Change Offences Change % Change Offences Change % Change Offences Change % Change Offences Change % Change Burglary Dwelling 65 Ͳ9 Ͳ12.2% 124 Ͳ17 Ͳ12.1% 79 Ͳ30 Ͳ27.5% 85 Ͳ12 Ͳ12.4% 353 Ͳ68 Ͳ16.2% Burglary Elsewhere 111 15 15.6% 80 Ͳ11 Ͳ12.1% 124 14 12.7% 121 33 37.5% 436 51 13.2% Criminal Damage 161 4 2.5% 129 Ͳ60 Ͳ31.7% 214 5 2.4% 153 Ͳ30 Ͳ16.4% 657 Ͳ81 Ͳ11.0% Drugs Offences 39 2 5.4% 55 Ͳ5 Ͳ8.3% 49 Ͳ9 Ͳ15.5% 41 6 17.1% 184 Ͳ6 Ͳ3.2% Fraud &Forgery 28 5 21.7% 98 Ͳ36 Ͳ26.9% 81 9 12.5% 45 Ͳ2 Ͳ4.3% 252 Ͳ24 Ͳ8.7% Handling 2 Ͳ2 Ͳ50.0% 1 Ͳ2 Ͳ66.7% 3 Ͳ7 Ͳ70.0% 3 Ͳ3 Ͳ50.0% 9 Ͳ14 Ͳ60.9% Other Crime 22 8 57.1% 24 Ͳ7 Ͳ22.6% 36 Ͳ1 Ͳ2.7% 16 Ͳ12 Ͳ42.9% 98 Ͳ12 Ͳ10.9% Other Theft 164 Ͳ20 Ͳ10.9% 531 10 1.9% 499 Ͳ36 Ͳ6.7% 287 Ͳ88 Ͳ23.5% 1481 Ͳ134 Ͳ8.3% Robbery 7 5 250.0% 5 Ͳ3 Ͳ37.5% 11 Ͳ3 Ͳ21.4% 5 0 0.0% 28 Ͳ1 Ͳ3.4% Sexual Offences 18 10125.0% 10 Ͳ6 Ͳ37.5% 26 12 85.7% 17 7 70.0% 71 23 47.9% Theft from Motor Vehicle 109 Ͳ52 Ͳ32.3% 149 Ͳ13 Ͳ8.0% 181 29 19.1% 204 31 17.9% 643 Ͳ5 Ͳ0.8% Page 33 Theft of Motor Vehicle 20 Ͳ3 Ͳ13.0% 39 8 25.8% 52 30 136.4% 43 15 53.6% 154 50 48.1% Violent Crime 148 Ͳ30 Ͳ16.9% 171 17 11.0% 289 Ͳ18 Ͳ5.9% 161 10 6.6% 769 Ͳ21 Ͳ2.7% Recorded Crime Total 894 Ͳ67 Ͳ7.0% 1416 Ͳ125 Ͳ8.1% 1644 Ͳ5 Ͳ0.3% 1181 Ͳ45 Ͳ3.7% 5135 Ͳ242 Ͳ4.5% This page is intentionally left blank

Page 34 ARDSLEY &ROBIN HOOD MORLEY NORTH MORLEY SOUTH ROTHWELL Apr ͲDec Apr ͲDec Apr ͲDec Apr ͲDec Apr ͲDec Apr ͲDec Apr ͲDec Apr ͲDec Offence 2012 2013 Change 2012 2013 Change 2012 2013 Change 2012 2013 Change Burglary Dwelling 53 29 Ͳ24 89 75 Ͳ14 59 56 Ͳ3 57 63 6 Burglary Elsewhere 80 70 Ͳ10 64 73 9 102 86 Ͳ16 78 87 9 Criminal Damage 129 124 Ͳ5 102 111 9 167 142 Ͳ25 115 122 7 Drugs Offences 31 22 Ͳ9 39 42 3 38 26 Ͳ12 30 20 Ͳ10 Fraud &Forgery 15 13 Ͳ2 69 17 Ͳ52 64 17 Ͳ47 36 5 Ͳ31 Handling 2 1 Ͳ1 1 3 2 3 1 Ͳ2 3 3 0 Other Crime 18 11 Ͳ7 16 17 1 24 20 Ͳ4 11 12 1 Other Theft 131 158 27 407 436 29 388 392 4 227 201 Ͳ26 Robbery 7 6 Ͳ1 3 5 2 8 4 Ͳ4 4 3 Ͳ1 Sexual Offences 11 12 1 9 15 6 20 22 2 8 11 3 Theft From Motor Vehicle 84 103 19 116 131 15 146 137 Ͳ9 153 102 Ͳ51 Theft Of Motor Vehicle 10 15 5 28 31 3 42 41 Ͳ1 32 22 Ͳ10 Page 35 Violent Crime 115 113 Ͳ2 134 124 Ͳ10 212 190 Ͳ22 116 110 Ͳ6 Recorded Crime 686 677 Ͳ9 1077 1080 3 1273 1134 Ͳ139 870 761 Ͳ109 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 36 Appendix 2

LASBT Ward based activity – 2012/13

Ardsley Robin Hood

22 cases were opened for this ward area during 2012/13. The Crime and Grime group for Morley identified a resident in the Common Lane area who was collecting scrap, waste, storing hazardous gas bottles, and burning off wire to the rear of his property. The resident’s activity was prolific and he was threatening and intimidating to those who approached him. He caused significant distress to residents in the area and at least four properties had been advertised for sale due to the ongoing nuisance. As a result of his intimidating behaviour, residents felt unable to provide statements for fear of reprisals. LASBT became involved following a referral from the Fire Service as a fire officer had been threatened when attending a fire at the property. This incident was raised at the Crime & Grime meeting and a number of agencies advised that they were either in the process of, or had taken action against the resident due to his activity.

A multi-agency action plan involving LASBT, Police, Fire Service and Environmental Protection was devised and officers provided details of all incidents they attended at the property. Witnesses Statements were also obtained and these were used to secure a Public Nuisance Injunction in the County Court. There was initially an improvement in the perpetrators behaviour but further incidents were witnessed and the case was referred back to Court. The court initially granted an order for the resident to be committed to prison for a period of 28 days but this was appealed and the case has been adjourned pending a full trail hearing.

This resident’s behaviour has blighted not only this area but many others in the Leeds District. He is known to most Enforcement and Environmental agencies. The multi agency work undertaken in this case evidences the success that can be achieved when agencies take joined up action.

Morley North

26 cases were opened for this area during 2012/13. The police notified LASBT of drugs warrants that had been executed at properties in Fairfax Avenue. The properties were identified as council properties and tenancy action was taken against those involved. There have been no recent reports of incidents from the properties involved.

Morley South

44 cases were opened for this ward area during 2012/13. The key areas of focus for this ward have been around the Middleton Close, Harrop and Rydal areas. Complaints received from some residents have been around youth nuisance, problems with motorbikes, Hate Crime and Environmental Nuisance such as the storing of scrap metal. A number of agencies

Page 37 have been involved in cases in this area and action has been taken when perpetrators have been identified. In some areas of the community there appears to be reluctance to report ASB due to the fear of reprisals. LASBT have worked with the police and Aire Valley Homes to encourage reporting and residents have been advised of ways in which they can anonymously report ASB. A number of letter drops have been undertaken to support this. There has been some success in this which is to be welcomed as even anonymous complaints enable us to build a picture of what is happening within the community and who is involved in ASB/criminal activity.

Rothwell

36 cases were opened for this ward area during 2012/13. LASBT were involved in a joint operation (Op Drawson) with the Rothwell NPT during this time. Reports of large groups of youths congregating around Rothwell Town Centre were made, with up to 50 youths at a time causing ASB. During the Operation the Police issued warning letters to youths and joint interviews with LASBT officers and police were undertaken with parents and the youths involved. They were advised about the reports made and the consequences of them failing to stop the behaviour. Acceptable Behaviour Contracts were issued where necessary and referrals made to agencies for both support and diversionary activities for the youths.

Following this intervention joint meetings with Police, youth workers, shop owners, and Parks and Countryside were arranged, and feedback was that the situation had improved in the area. A joint project with local youths was discussed, and ideas such as building a youth shelter and further lighting in the park were to be explored.

Page 38 Leeds ASB Team Performance Summary 2012/13 March 101 105 102 106 103 107 104 108 EAST SOUTH WEST LASBT NEW ENQUIRIES Target Month YTD Month YTD Month YTD Month YTD

ASB enquiries received (ALMO) - 70 948 50 631 49 529 169 2108

ASB enquiries received (Private) - 33 365 54 685 68 516 155 1566

ASB enquiries received - 103 1313 104 1316 117 1045 324 3674

% of Enquiries attributed to ALMO - 68.0% 72.2% 48.1% 47.9% 41.9% 50.6% 52.2% 57.4%

% of Customers contacted within 1 working day SSTD1 - 91.9% 82.7% 24.1% 17.5% 73.1% 44.6% 65.2% 49.4% (emergency referrals within target ) % of Customers contacted within 2 working days (non- SSTD2 - 8.1% 16.7% 72.4% 82.0% 11.5% 54.6% 29.3% 49.9% emergency referrals within target )

% of Customers Noise Pack Sent ( within target ) 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 15.4% 0.8% 4.3% 0.2%

EAST SOUTHWEST LASBT NEW CASES Target Month YTD Month YTD Month YTD Month YTD

New Cases (ALMO Secure) - 12 330 18 177 30 253 60 760

New Cases (ALMO IT) - 2 43 5 35 1 37 8 115

New Cases (Other Tenure) - 4 130 21 214 15 158 40 502

Total New Cases - 18 503 44 426 46 448 108 1377

% of New Cases attributed to ALMO - 77.8% 74.2% 52.3% 49.8% 67.4% 64.7% 63.0% 63.5%

Total Active Cases - 210 207 181 598

% of New Cases attributed to ALMO - 77.8% 52.3% 67.4% 63.0%

EASTSOUTH WEST LASBT CLOSED CASES Target Month YTD Month YTD Month YTD Month YTD

Total all cases closed - 56 595 33 416 47 535 136 1546

EAST SOUTH WEST LASBT SERVICE STANDARDS Target Month YTD Month YTD Month YTD Month YTD

SSTD3A Initial Contact % Within Target - 94.1% 90.1% 100.0% 99.2% 100.0% 98.7% 99.0% 96.4%

SSTD3B Initial Contact % Outside Target - 0.0% 7.3% 0.0% 0.8% 0.0% 1.0% 0.0% 2.8%

SSTD3C Initial Contact % Target Missed - 5.9% 2.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.3% 1.0% 0.8%

SSTD4A Accused Contact % Within Target - 100.0% 86.2% 76.2% 95.8% 100.0% 91.4% 89.8% 90.7%

SSTD4B Accused Contact % Outside Target - 0.0% 12.5% 23.8% 4.2% 0.0% 8.6% 10.2% 8.8%

SSTD4C Accused Contact % Target Missed - 0.0% 1.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.5%

SSTD5A Repeat Contact % Within Target - 87.2% 90.8% 99.4% 99.7% 98.8% 95.4% 97.1% 95.9%

SSTD5B Repeat Contact % Outside Target - 9.4% 8.3% 0.6% 0.2% 1.2% 4.3% 2.3% 3.8%

SSTD5C Repeat Contact % Target Missed - 3.4% 0.9% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.3% 0.6% 0.3%

* CAVEAT Re: Service Standards Data above - KPI data generated within Caseworks continues to include KPIs generated at other organisations that no longer apply to LASBT, for example KPI's generated at NHO's. This is less of an issue on a monthly basis where Not Met or Missed KPIs are more easily monitored and corrected for reporting purposes. However this is more difficult for YTD figures. Therefore, cummulative YTD figures are a product of monthly data reported. System generated year to date information will differ from the data correctly reported above.

Page1 39 Leeds ASB Team Performance Summary 2012/13 March

4 Week Case Onset Survey Respondent EAST SOUTH WEST LASBT Target Satisfaction Measure Month YTD Month YTD Month YTD Month YTD

4 Week Surveys Completed - 9 144 15 175 22 176 46 495

Q1 % First Reported to LASBT - 22.2% 32.6% 40.0% 26.5% 50.0% 49.2% 41.3% 36.8%

Q2 % Easy to report the problem - 100.0% 94.4% 100.0% 92.7% 95.5% 97.7% 97.8% 95.1%

Q3 % Initially contacted within 2 days - 66.7% 70.1% 66.7% 74.3% 95.5% 75.0% 80.4% 73.3%

Q4 % Visited by a Case Officer within 10 days - 77.8% 77.5% 86.7% 83.1% 77.3% 79.5% 80.4% 80.3%

Q5 % Satisfied with the speed in which Case Officer first KPI1 95.0% 100.0% 93.0% 100.0% 94.8% 86.4% 89.7% 93.5% 92.4% made contact Q6 % Discussed with Case Officer about how they would - 77.8% 93.3% 93.3% 97.6% 100.0% 93.9% 93.5% 95.1% like case to be solved Q7 % Agreed that Case Officer discussed options for 100.0% 100.0% 95.1% 100.0% 99.4% 100.0% 93.7% 100.0% 96.2% case resolution Q8 % Agreed that Case Officer stated how often they 80.0% 66.7% 81.9% 93.3% 92.0% 90.9% 85.7% 87.0% 86.8% would receive an update

Q9 % Satisfied with the support offered - 77.8% 85.2% 100.0% 93.8% 90.9% 88.5% 91.3% 89.6%

Q10 % Satisfied with the Case Officers investigation to 95.0% 77.8% 86.4% 100.0% 97.1% 86.4% 91.7% 89.1% 92.1% date

Q11 % Satisfied with service provided by Police - 66.7% 81.0% 100.0% 87.3% 100.0% 93.3% 93.3% 87.9%

Q11 % Satisfied with service provided by Arson Task - 0.0% 100.0% 0.0% 100.0% 0.0% 50.0% 0.0% 75.0% Force

Q11 % Satisfied with service provided by Victim Support - 0.0% 33.3% 13.3% 46.4% 0.0% 18.5% 4.3% 32.9%

Q12 % Satisfied with the service provided by LASBT so 90.0% 77.8% 85.4% 100.0% 94.3% 81.8% 89.1% 87.0% 89.9% far

* Figures in 'Red' currently below target

Closed Case Survey Respondent Satisfaction EAST SOUTH WEST LASBT Target Measure Month YTD Month YTD Month YTD Month YTD

Closed Case Surveys Completed - 13 202 6 161 13 165 32 528

Q8 % Satisfied with the Case Officers investigation into KPI2 90.0% 100.0% 93.0% 83.3% 93.8% 92.3% 95.8% 93.8% 94.1% the complaint Q4 % Spoke with Case Officer about how they would like KPI3 90.0% 100.0% 97.4% 83.3% 98.1% 100.0% 93.9% 96.9% 96.5% the case to be solved

KPI4 Q6 % Satisfied they were kept up to date during the case 85.0% 100.0% 92.0% 100.0% 95.6% 100.0% 94.0% 100.0% 93.8%

KPI5 Q9 % Satisfied with the outcome of the case 80.0% 84.6% 89.1% 83.3% 88.1% 84.6% 91.0% 84.4% 89.4%

KPI6 Q10 % Contacted prior to case closure 100.0% 100.0% 98.6% 100.0% 98.8% 92.3% 97.6% 96.9% 98.3%

KPI7 Q7 % Satisfied with the support offered during the case 80.0% 61.5% 78.6% 100.0% 89.4% 100.0% 83.7% 84.4% 83.5%

Q12 % satisfied with the overall service provided by KPI8 85.0% 92.3% 91.0% 100.0% 95.6% 100.0% 95.2% 96.9% 93.7% LASBT

* Figures in 'Red' currently below target

Compliments Received -

Complaints Received (All stages*) -

* i.e. Complaints that progress from stage 1 to 2 will be included twice

Page2 40 LASBT South Performance Matrices 2012/13 March

3 12 21 30 39 48 57 66 75 84 93 102 128 106 128

LASBT Enquiries

2011/12 2012/13 Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Target Direction Year End YTD

ASB enquiries received (ALMO) 41 56 46 56 59 66 66 65 42 42 42 50 636 - 631 -

ASB enquiries received (Private) 49 54 33 56 52 75 64 59 46 70 73 54 279 - 685 -

ASB enquiries received 90 110 79 112 111 141 130 124 88 112 115 104 915 - 1316 -

% of Enquiries attributed to ALMO 45.6% 50.9% 58.2% 50.0% 53.2% 46.8% 50.8% 52.4% 47.7% 37.5% 36.5% 48.1% 69.5% - 47.9% -

LASBT Enquiry Service Standards

2011/12 2012/13 Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Target Direction Year End YTD % of Customers contacted within 1 working day 17.2% 26.5% 6.5% 14.0% 36.7% 20.7% 11.9% 12.0% 5.1% 7.7% 14.3% 24.1% 24.3% - 17.5% - (emergency referrals within target ) % of Customers contacted within 2 working days (non- 82.8% 73.5% 93.5% 84.0% 58.3% 62.1% 83.6% 79.5% 88.1% 84.6% 85.7% 72.4% 54.3% - 82.0% - emergency referrals within target )

% of Customers Noise Pack Sent ( within target ) 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 2.0% 5.0% 17.2% 4.5% 8.4% 6.8% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% - 0.0% -

% of Contact Outside agreed Service Standards 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 3.4% 0.0% - 0.2% - (target not met ) % of Enquiries not recording 1 or 2 day contact 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 7.7% 0.0% 0.0% 21.4% - 0.4% - (target missed )

100.0%

LASBT New Cases

2011/12 2012/13 Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Target Direction Year End YTD

New Cases (ALMO Secure) 15 14 17 18 18 13 20 14 9 12 9 18 156 - 177 -

New Cases (ALMO IT) 2334243322 2 5 23 - 35 -

New Cases (Other Tenure) 6 26 19 17 15 26 12 25 10 14 23 21 135 - 214 -

Total New Cases 23 43 39 39 35 43 35 42 21 28 34 44 314 - 447 -

% of New Cases attributed to ALMO 73.9% 39.5% 51.3% 56.4% 57.1% 39.5% 65.7% 40.5% 52.4% 50.0% 32.4% 52.3% 1 - 49.8% -

LASBT Active Cases

2011/12 2012/13 Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Target Direction Year End YTD

Active Cases (ALMO Secure) Count 66 85 74 80 97 76 104 84 84 91 100 108 - - - -

Active Cases (ALMO IT) Count 13 15 19 20 18 23 20 21 23 17 19 26 - - - -

Active Cases (Other Tenure) Count 37 64 45 46 49 57 57 56 56 51 65 73 - - - -

Total Active Cases 116 164 138 146 164 156 183 161 163 161 184 207 - - - -

Active Re-opened cases Count 54 57 10 - - - -

Active Cases referred from NHOs - - - -

Active cases attributed to ALMO Percent 68.1% 61.0% 67.4% 68.5% 70.1% 63.5% 67.8% 65.2% 65.6% 67.1% 64.7% 64.7% - - - -

Page 41 1 LASBT South Performance Matrices 2012/13 March

LASBT Case Duration

2011/12 2012/13 Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Target Direction Year End YTD

Average duration of Cases Active in month (Days) 100.94 85.379 89.483 88.992 101.74 87.0 86.9 89.5 102.9 110.3 109.7 113.0 - - - -

Average duration of Cases Closed in month (Days) 50.722 83.025 51.552 102.86 60.7 104.3 111.0 82.3 97.2 85.0 96.9 74.1 - - - -

LASBT Active Case Victim Profile

2011/12 2012/13 Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Target Direction Year End YTD

Number of Complainants in Active Cases 129 147 145 178 183 189 183 145 147 138 153 156 - - - -

Complainant % Female 32.9% 32.0% 29.3% 30.1% 28.1% 30.4% 31.1% 34.8% 33.0% 31.2% 31.0% 30.4% - - - -

Complainant % Black or Minority Ethnicity 3.9% 2.7% 4.1% 3.3% 3.3% 3.7% 3.3% 2.8% 2.7% 2.2% 2.6% 5.1% - - - -

Complainant % Disability 0.0% 0.0% 1.4% 0.6% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.7% 0.7% 0.0% 1.3% 0.6% - - - -

Complainant % Aged under 18 0.0% 0.7% 0.7% 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% - - - -

Complainant % Aged over 60 13.6% 13.6% 11.0% 13.4% 14.1% 14.3% 14.1% 9.7% 9.5% 17.4% 15.0% 70.4% - - - -

Complainant % English as Second Language 1.6% 0.7% 0.7% 0.0% 1.1% 0.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.7% 2.2% 1.3% 1.9% - - - -

Complainant % Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.7% 0.7% 0.7% 0.6% - - - -

Complainant % ALMO Tenure 58.1% 55.8% 57.9% 58.4% 58.5% 56.9% 58.2% 67.6% 62.6% 61.6% 59.3% 63.5% - - - -

LASBT Active Case Perpetrator Profile

2011/12 2012/13 Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Target Direction Year End YTD

Number of Accuseds in Active Cases 133 139 139 160 160 166 179 140 148 147 159 174 - - - -

Accused % Female 45.9% 45.3% 44.6% 44.4% 48.8% 51.8% 49.7% 50.0% 49.3% 51.0% 50.3% 47.7% - - - -

Accused % Black or Minority Ethnicity 1.5% 0.0% 0.7% 1.9% 1.9% 2.4% 2.2% 2.8% 3.4% 2.0% 1.3% 5.1% - - - -

Accused % Disability 0.0% 0.0% 0.7% 0.6% 1.3% 1.2% 1.1% 1.4% 100.0% 1.4% 1.3% 0.6% - - - -

Accused % Aged under 18 15.0% 13.7% 12.2% 10.7% 10.0% 10.2% 13.4% 16.4% 13.5% 8.8% 10.1% 12.1% - - - -

Accused % Aged over 60 6.0% 5.8% 5.8% 6.9% 6.3% 4.2% 3.9% 5.0% 4.7% 2.7% 3.2% 2.9% - - - -

Accused % English as Second Language 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.7% 0.7% 0.7% 0.6% 0.6% - - - -

Accused % Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.7% 0.7% 0.6% 0.6% - - - -

Accused % ALMO Tenure 70.7% 71.9% 72.7% 75.6% 76.3% 72.3% 73.7% 72.9% 75.0% 76.9% 72.3% 73.0% - - - -

LASBT Initial Contact Service Standard

2011/12 2012/13 Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Target Direction Year End YTD

Initial Contact % Within Target 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 96.4% 97.5% 100.0% 100.0% 97.6% 100.0% 79.2% - 99.2% -

Initial Contact % Outside Target 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 3.6% 2.5% 0.0% 0.0% 2.4% 0.0% 20.1% - 0.8% -

Initial Contact % Target Missed 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.7% - 0.0% -

LASBT Perpetrator Contact Service Standard

2011/12 2012/13 Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Target Direction Year End YTD

Accused Contact % Within Target 100.0% 100.0% 95.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 96.6% 94.4% 100.0% 83.3% 76.2% 78.5% - 95.8% -

Accused Contact % Outside Target 0.0% 0.0% 5.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 3.4% 5.6% 0.0% 16.7% 23.8% 21.5% - 4.2% -

Accused Contact % Target Missed 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% - 0.0% -

LASBT Repeat Contact Service Standard

2011/12 2012/13 Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Target Direction Year End YTD

Repeat Contact % Within Target 100.0% 99.7% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 99.2% 98.9% 99.3% 99.4% 89.6% - 99.7% -

Repeat Contact % Outside Target 0.0% 0.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.5% 1.1% 0.7% 0.6% 10.4% - 0.2% -

Repeat Contact % Target Missed 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% - 0.0% -

LASBT Survey Completion

2011/12 2012/13 Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Target Direction Year End YTD

4 Week Survey Count of Complainants to contact 30 12 28 23 21 37 46 33 39 16 21 19 - - 325 -

4 Week Survey Attempted Telephone Calls 24 26 25 35 32 31 35 31 29 18 30 23 - - 339 -

4 Week Survey Postal Surveys sent 15 5 7 10 9 12 9 8 11 0 7 3 - - 96 -

4 Week Surveys Completed 20 13 18 16 15 12 17 15 8 12 14 15 - - 175 -

Closed Case Survey Count of Complainants to contact 11 20 24 28 28 30 38 35 55 25 27 12 - - 333 -

Closed Case Survey Attempted Telephone Calls 11 27 33 43 27 18 21 24 11 12 33 22 - - 282 -

Closed Case Survey Postal Surveys sent 3 6 5 16 11 7 10 11 3 5 9 9 - - 95 -

Closed Case Surveys Completed 10 14 22 17 19 13 8 11 8 18 15 6 - - 161 - Page 42 2 LASBT South Performance Matrices 2012/13 March

LASBT 4 Week Survey Feedback

2011/12 2012/13 Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Target Direction Year End YTD

Q1 % First Reported to LASBT 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 56.3% 13.3% 25.0% 35.3% 12.5% 0.0% 8.3% 21.4% 40.0% - - 26.5% -

Q2 % Easy to report the problem 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 93.8% 86.7% 100.0% 100.0% 93.3% 100.0% 75.0% 85.7% 100.0% - - 92.7% -

Q3 % Initially contacted within 2 days 55.0% 69.2% 88.9% 81.3% 93.3% 66.7% 70.6% 93.3% 75.0% 66.7% 64.3% 66.7% - - 74.3% -

Q4 % Visited by a Case Officer within 10 days 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 62.5% 86.7% 66.7% 88.2% 100.0% 87.5% 83.3% 85.7% 86.7% - - 83.1% -

Q5 % Satisfied with the speed in which Case Officer 85.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 83.3% 100.0% 100.0% 87.5% 75.0% 100.0% 100.0% 92.2% 95.0% 94.8% 0.0260 first made contact Q6 % Discussed with Case Officer about how they 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% 93.3% 100.0% 100.0% 93.3% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 93.3% - - 97.6% - would like case to be solved Q7 % Agreed that Case Officer discussed options for 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 91.7% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 97.7% 100.0% 99.4% 0.0173 case resolution Q8 % Agreed that Case Officer stated how often they 85.0% 100.0% 88.9% 87.5% 100.0% 91.7% 88.2% 93.3% 100.0% 83.3% 100.0% 93.3% 83.7% 80.0% 92.0% 0.0830 would receive an update

Q9 % Satisfied with the support offered 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 75.0% 100.0% 91.7% 94.1% 93.3% 100.0% 83.3% 100.0% 100.0% 77.5% - 93.8% -

Q10 % Satisfied with the Case Officers investi gation to 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 87.5% 100.0% 100.0% 94.1% 100.0% 100.0% 83.3% 100.0% 100.0% 96.9% 95.0% 97.1% 0.0023 date

Q11 % Satisfied with service provided by Police 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 66.7% 87.5% 100.0% 100.0% 75.0% 100.0% 50.0% 90.0% 100.0% - - 87.3% -

Q11 % Satisfied with service provided by ATF 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 28.6% 100.0% 50.0% 33.3% 0.0% 0.0% - - 38.5% -

Q11 % Satisfied with service provided by VS 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% 100.0% 80.0% 77.8% 85.7% 50.0% - - 71.9% -

Q12 % Satisfied with the service provided by LASBT 95.0% 92.3% 94.4% 81.3% 100.0% 100.0% 88.2% 100.0% 100.0% 83.3% 100.0% 100.0% 88.1% 90.0% 94.3% 0.0622 so far

LASBT Closed Case Survey Feedback

2011/12 2012/13 Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Target Direction Year End YTD

Q1 % Where the problem of ASB is resolved 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% 85.7% 90.0% 87.5% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% - - 96.6% -

Q2 % Making first ASB report to LASBT 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 57.1% 42.9% 50.0% 28.6% 54.5% 37.5% 38.9% 60.0% 83.3% - - 49.4% -

Q3 % Satisfied with the initial response to the problem 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 71.4% 85.7% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 75.0% 94.4% 93.3% 100.0% - - 92.1% -

Q4 % Spoke with Case Officer about how they would 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 94.1% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 93.3% 83.3% 82.2% 90.0% 98.1% 0.1589 like the case to be solved Q5 % Spoke with Case Officer about the options 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 94.1% 88.9% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 87.5% 94.4% 100.0% 100.0% 82.2% 90.0% 96.8% 0.1462 available to LASBT to solve the problem Q6 % Satisfied they were kept up to date during the 100.0% 100.0% 95.5% 88.2% 89.5% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 88.9% 100.0% 100.0% 83.7% 85.0% 95.6% 0.1193 case Q7 % Satisfied with the support offered during the 90.0% 92.9% 86.4% 88.2% 78.9% 100.0% 85.7% 100.0% 87.5% 83.3% 93.3% 100.0% 71.9% 80.0% 89.4% 0.1748 case Q8 % Satisfied with the Case Officers investigation 100.0% 92.9% 95.5% 100.0% 89.5% 100.0% 85.7% 100.0% 87.5% 94.4% 86.7% 83.3% 81.5% 90.0% 93.8% 0.1227 into the complaint

Q9 % Satisfied with the outcome of the case 90.0% 78.6% 86.4% 94.1% 84.2% 92.3% 85.7% 100.0% 87.5% 83.3% 93.3% 83.3% 69.6% 80.0% 88.1% 0.1850

Q10 % Contacted prior to case closure 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 94.7% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 87.5% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 98.8% -0.0122

Q11 % Satisfied with service provided by Police 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 66.7% 87.5% 100.0% 100.0% 75.0% 100.0% 50.0% 90.0% 100.0% - - 87.3% -

Q11 % Satisfied with service provided by ATF 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 28.6% 100.0% 50.0% 33.3% 0.0% 0.0% - - 38.5% -

Q11 % Satisfied with service provided by VS 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% 100.0% 80.0% 77.8% 85.7% 50.0% - - 71.9% -

Q12 % Satisfied with the overall service provided by 100.0% 92.9% 100.0% 94.1% 89.5% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 88.9% 93.3% 100.0% 81.5% 85.0% 95.6% 0.1414 LASBT

Page 43 3 LASBT South Performance Matrices 2012/13 March

Page 44 4 HATE INCIDENT REPORTING CENTRES

Hate Incident Reporting Centres in Leeds are locations where victims of a hate incident may choose to report an incident and have control over the nature of the report, the type of investigation and support they need. There are a variety of ways to report.

Where to report a hate incident:

By phone:

Leeds City Council Hotline 0113 2224402 Leeds City Council Switchboard 0113 222 4444 Aire Valley Homes 0800 915 6660 From a mobile 0113 3984710 West North West Homes 0800 915 1113 From a mobile 0113 3984708 East North East Homes 0800 915 1600 From a mobile 0113 3984711 Belle Isle TMO 0800 3895503 From a mobile 0113 2141833 Stop Hate UK- 24 hour help line 0800 138 1625 West Yorkshire Police 101 In an Emergency 999

Text relay for deaf or hearing impaired:

Dial 18001 before any number above.

By text:

07717 989025

Online :

www.stophateuk.org/tell

By email:

[email protected] [email protected]

Page 45 In person:

Visit a Hate Incident Reporting Centre.

A list of Hate Incident Reporting Centres divided by area can be found below.

SOUTH LEEDS:

City One Stop Centre 2 Great George Street Leeds LS2 8BA

Dewsbury Road One Stop Centre 190 Dewsbury Road Leeds LS10 6PF

Garforth One Stop Centre and Library Lidgett Lane, Garforth LS25 1EH

Kippax Housing Office (Aire Valley Homes) Hanover Place Kippax Leeds LS25 7LW

Morley Housing Office (Aire Valley Homes) Town Hall Queens Street Leeds LS27 9DX

Rothwell Housing Office (Aire Valley Homes) Civic Buildings Marsh Street Leeds, LS26 0AD

St Georges Centre (Aire Valley Homes) St Georges Road Middleton Leeds LS10 4UZ

Swarcliffe Housing Office (Aire Valley Homes) 32-38 Langbar Gardens Leeds LS14 5ES

Belle Isle Tenant Management Organisation

Page 46 Aberfield Gate Belle Isle Leeds LS10 3QH

EAST LEEDS:

Osmondthorpe One Stop Centre 81a Wykebeck Mount Leeds LS9 0JE

Moresdale Lane One Stop Centre 90/95 Moresdale Lane Leeds LS14 6GG

Wetherby One Stop Centre 24 Westgate Wetherby Leeds LS22 6NL

Burmantofts Housing Office (ENEHL) Rigton Lawn Leeds LS9 7QA

Gipton Housing Office (ENEHL) 58 Coldcotes Drive Gipton Leeds LS9 6QG

Tribeca House (ENEHL) 71 Roundhay Road Leeds LS7 3BE

Moortown Housing Office (ENEHL) 4 Queenshill Approach Moortown Leeds LS17 6AY

Richmond Hill Housing Office (ENEHL) – Open : Monday 8.30 a.m. – 12.30 p.m. 8 Walter Crescent Wednesday 8.30 a.m. – 12.30 p.m. Richmond Hill Thursday 1.00 p.m. – 4.30 p.m. Leeds ( up to 6.00 p.m. alt weeks ). LS9 8NG

Seacroft North Housing Office (ENEHL) Unit 8, Seacroft Green

Page 47 Leeds LS14 6JD

West Leeds:

One Stop Centre Aireborough Micklefield House New Road Side Rawdon Leeds LS19 6DF

One Stop Centre Pudsey Town Hall Robin Lane Leeds LS28 7BL

One Stop Centre Armley 2 Stocks Hill Armley Leeds LS12 1UE

Bramley Neighbourhood Office (WNWHL) 202 Town Street Bramley Leeds LS13 2EP

Horsforth Neighbourhood Office (WNWHL) The Green Town Street Leeds LS18 5JB

Kirkstall Neighbourhood Office (WNWHL) 45 Kirkstall Lane Leeds LS5 3BE

Little London Neighbourhood Office (WNWHL) Oatland Drive Leeds LS7 1SH

Wortley Neighbourhood Office (WNWHL) 38 Heights Drive

Page 48 Armley Leeds LS12 3SU

Non Council Reporting Centres

Stop Hate UK PO Box 484 Leeds LS7 9BZ By phone: 0800 138 1625 By text: 07717 989025 Online: www.stophateuk.org/tell Chat: www.stophateuk.org/talk Email: [email protected] Website www.stophateuk.org

Asha Neighbourhood Centre 43 Stratford Street Beeston Leeds LS11 6JG Tel No. 0113 2704600 Contact: Zaheeda Khanam

Connect Housing Association 205 Roundhay Road Leeds LS8 4HS Tel No. 0113 2350202 Email: [email protected] Contact: Catherine Boak

Connect in the North Bridge House Balm Road Leeds LS10 2TP Tel No. 0113 2703233 Contact: Cathy Wintergill

Hamara Centre 73 Lodge Lane Beeston Leeds LS11 6ER Tel No. 0113 277 3330 Contact: Arif Iqbal

Leeds Federated Housing Association Arthington House 30 Westfield Road

Page 49 Leeds LS3 1DE Tel No. 0113 386 1000 Contact: Stephen Barry – ASB Manager

International Student Office University of Leeds Level 11, Ziff Building Woodhouse Lane Leeds LS2 9JT Contact: Tim Rhodes or Phill Wilcox

Leeds University Student Union Students Advice Centre Lifton Place Leeds LS2 9JZ Contact: Tel No. 0113 3801242 - B J Fisher – Community Officer Tel No. 0113 3801244 – C Hopper – Equality & Diversity Officer Tel No. 0113 3801245 – K A Siddall – Welfare Off

Unity Housing Association 113/117 Chapeltown Road Leeds LS7 3HY Tel No. 0113 2007700 Contact: Duncan Lee

If your organisation requires training, please contact Andrew Bolland, Stop Hate UK on 0113 2935100.

If you or need to amend your details, or would like more information about becoming a HIRC, please email [email protected]

Prepared by Rebecca Herbert, Service Development Officer, Leeds Anti-Social Behaviour Team Email: [email protected] Date Reviewed: 10 Jan 2013 Date for next review: 13 April 2013

Page 50 Agenda Item 10

Report author: Peter Storrie Tel: 22 43956

Report of the Director of Children’s Services

Report to Outer South area committee

Date: 31 March 2014

Subject: Children’s Services area committee update report

Are specific electoral wards affected? Yes No

Ardsley and Robin Hood, If relevant, name(s) of ward(s): Morley North, Morley South, Rothwell

Are there implications for equality and diversity and cohesion and Yes No integration?

Is the decision eligible for call-in? Yes No

Does the report contain confidential or exempt information? Yes No

If relevant, Access to Information Procedure Rule number: Appendix number:

Summary of main issues

1. Persistently absent pupils at secondary schools in this area reduced by a quarter, but remain high. Primary school persistent absence reduced by 16 per cent.

2. The number of children looked after, and the number of children subject to a child protection plan both reduced by more than the citywide average.

3. Local priorities are to be agreed, if required, with the local lead member for Children’s Services.

Recommendations

4. Discuss whether local priorities may be required in addition to the Children’s Services obsessions, to be agreed between the local lead member for Children’s Services and the area head of targeted services. These priorities may include a focus on a specific element of one of the obsessions.

5. Consider the outcomes from the basic need workshop that took place in January and provide local intelligence for consideration in school place planning; instruct officers on improved methods of member engagement in school place planning.

6. Promote igen and the Leeds Pathways website to NEET young people and their families, so that young people’s routes to employment and training is enhanced.

Page 51 1 Purpose of this report

1.1 This report provides members with a comprehensive set of children’s information in an increasingly succinct manner. Common feedback is to build on this with more local context. There are established city priorities in the Children and Young People’s Plan (CYPP), especially the obsessions. The purpose of this cycle of reports is to understand if there are any local priorities that should also be regularly highlighted in these reports, for example a focus on a particular aspect of one of the obsessions. For this committee it is recommended that through the local lead member for Children’s Services works with area targeted services lead to identify local priorities for the committee’s approval.

2 Background information

2.1 As part of the ambition for Leeds to become the best city in the UK, we are aiming to become the best city to grow up in - a child friendly city. This ambition will be realised by improving outcomes against the three obsessions, five outcomes, and 12 priorities in the CYPP, which is overseen by the multi-agency Children’s Trust Board and implemented locally by the 25 local cluster partnerships of schools and other key local services.

3 Main issues

3.1 This section provides an update on performance data, successes, and issues within the area committee. A Children’s Services summary is in appendix one.

Local updates

3.2 Table one presents a summary of the area committee’s performance data, and compares the trend/direction of travel to the city trends. A full set of the area’s performance data is in appendix two.

Table one: summary of the area committee’s performance data December December Comparison to city Trend 2013 2012 trend Children looked after 67 (4.9%) 81 (5.8%) Ø Larger reduction Children subject to a child protection plan 52 (7.1%) 72 (7.5%) Ø Larger reduction CAFs initiated 67 49 × Larger rise Primary school attendance 95.6% 95.8% Ø Smaller reduction Secondary school attendance 94.0% 93.6% × Rise vs city static Primary school persistent absence 137 164 Ø Larger reduction Secondary school persistent absence 438 598 Ø Larger reduction NEET young people; unadjusted 104 (3.9%) 82 (2.9%) × Larger rise Not known young people 176 (6.6%) 312 (11.2%) Ø Larger reduction Foundation Stage good level of dev 57.9% n/a Higher than city KS2 level 4+ reading, writing, maths 78.8% 76.0% × Larger rise 5+ A*-C GCSE inc English and maths 63.0% 56.6% × Larger rise Free school meal uptake - primary 69.3% 71.3% Ø Smaller reduction Free school meal uptake - secondary 69.3% 54.9% × Rise vs city reduction 10-17 year-olds committing an offence 39 60 Ø Larger reduction

Page 52 3.3 Persistently absent pupils at secondary schools in this area reduced by a quarter, but remain high. Primary school persistent absence reduced by 16 per cent.

3.4 The number of children looked after, and the number of children subject to a child protection plan both reduced by more than the citywide average.

3.5 The number of NEET young people in this area rose by 22; the number of not knowns, however, reduced by 136 (due to the work undertaken by igen to contact not known young people and establish their true status), meaning that there is a more accurate picture of NEET levels in the area. The NEET and not known figures may be higher than actual numbers: UCAS (Universities and Colleges Admissions Service) have, for legal reasons, been unable to share admissions data with local authorities. This has led to an increase in the not known figures as up to 500 young people’s statuses are usually recorded from UCAS data.

3.6 Support for 18 and 19 year olds who are claiming out of work benefits is available by going to the igen centre on Eastgate or by viewing the Leeds Pathways website 1, as these young people are eligible for support. Promoting these routes through elected members’ surgeries or through local networks will help a greater number of young people access advice and support to help improve their ability to access appropriate employment or training.

3.7 All area committees have identified a lead member for Children’s Services, who will work with the local area head of targeted services to agree a number of local priorities, in addition to/support of the three obsessions. These priorities will shape future area committee reports.

Service updates

3.8 Families First is Leeds’ approach to the national Troubled Families programme. ‘Troubled families’ are “characterised by there being no adult in the family working, children not being in school and family members being involved in crime and anti-social behaviour” 2. The government have set a target for 120,000 families to be ‘turned around’ during the current Parliament. For each family that is ‘turned around’ a set amount of money may be claimed under the programme’s payments by result (PBR) criteria.

3.9 Leeds has 2,180 troubled families, a target set by DCLG. Approximately 1,400 families are currently receiving support since the start of the programme, with PBR claimed on 532 families (24 per cent of the cohort). A breakdown of households by cluster and area committee is in appendix three.

Basic need update

3.10 Area committees are hosting basic need workshops during early 2014, facilitated by officers from children’s services and planning. The Outer South workshop took place on 27 January. General principles arising from the workshops will be taken to the Cross Party Basic Need Steering Group for agreement and implementation

1 www. leedspathways .org.uk 2 The Troubled Families programme, Communities and Local Government (https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/11469/2117840.pdf)

Page 53 within the basic need programme. Locality-specific queries and suggestions will be captured and actioned by officers. The objectives of the workshops are:

x Supporting members’ in-depth understanding of national school place planning policy, local school place planning context, and key challenges to the delivery of sufficient school places.

x Developing an improved approach to ensuring strong join-up between elected members, officers, and local stakeholders.

x Engaging in early discussions with the aim of identifying and delivering the best local solutions.

4 Corporate considerations

4.1 Consultation and engagement

4.1.1 This report is for area committee meetings, which involve a wide range of partners and stakeholders. Consultation and engagement is integral to the work of Children’s Services and the Children’s Trust, as evidenced in child friendly city work.

4.2 Equality and diversity/cohesion and integration

4.2.1 Equality issues are implicit in the information provided. The differences shown illustrate that there are different levels of need and of outcomes across the city. Additional equality analysis of the information provided is undertaken, and the detailed information already provided to clusters is powerful intelligence that can be used to help focus priorities and narrow the gap.

4.3 Council policies and city priorities

4.3.1 A significant proportion of the information included in this report relates to the city priorities for children and young people and the outcomes contained in the CYPP. The area committee summary sheets currently being developed build on wider priorities and the Children’s Services obsessions, and incorporate locally-agreed priorities.

4.4 Resources and value for money

4.4.1 Families First is a payment by results scheme. For every family ‘turned around’, the local authority can claim additional payments if successful across the full range of indicators.

4.5 Legal implications, access to information and call in

4.5.1 This report is not eligible for call in, due to being a Council function.

Page 54 4.6 Risk management

4.6.1 There are no risk management implications in this report. The priorities reflected in this report are monitored through Leeds City Council performance and, where appropriate, risk management processes.

5 Conclusions

5.1 Not applicable, as this report is information based.

6 Recommendations

6.1 Discuss whether local priorities may be required in addition to the Children’s Services obsessions, to be agreed between the local lead member for Children’s Services and the area head of targeted services. These priorities may include a focus on a specific element of one of the obsessions.

6.2 Consider the outcomes from the basic need workshop that took place in January and provide local intelligence for consideration in school place planning; instruct officers on improved methods of member engagement in school place planning.

6.3 Promote igen and the Leeds Pathways website to NEET young people and their families, so that young people’s routes to employment and training is enhanced.

7 Background documents 3

7.1 There are no background documents to accompany this report.

3 The background documents listed in this section are available to download from the Council’s website, unless they contain confidential or exempt information. The list of background documents does not include published works.

Page 55 Appendix one: Children’s Services’ update

The ‘best council and best city’ ambition to make Leeds a child friendly city has continued to build momentum in recent months. The Yorkshire Evening Post has launched its support with a series of features, an ongoing commitment to raise the profile of the city’s children and young people, and an appeal to businesses to join the campaign. This has coincided with the first Child Friendly Leeds Awards, hosted by City Varieties, sponsored by British Gas, and planned, run and presented entirely by children and young people. Over the coming year, a key focus of this ambition will be achieving a consistent one- council approach so that children and young people are increasingly at the heart of decision-making over issues and developments that affect them.

This growing momentum, however, comes at a time when services are continuing to address significant issues. As with all areas of the council, children’s services must address major financial challenges, with approximately £18 million in savings needed during 2014/15. Clear action plans are in place to achieve this. Despite this challenge, through the citywide partnership of the Children’s Trust Board and the shared vision outcomes and priorities in the Children and Young People’s Plan (CYPP), Leeds is continuing its clear strategy of investing in early intervention and preventative services, working restoratively with families to address their problems at an earlier stage and prevent escalation. The family group conferencing programme is continuing to develop; recent analysis shows that it has already safely and appropriately prevented 55 children and young people in Leeds from needing to be placed in care, with significant financial savings being made as a result.

The service is preparing for an Ofsted inspection, anticipated in spring 2014, which will last for up to four weeks and review a wide range of services that support the most vulnerable children. A number of other authorities have recently been inspected under this new framework and Leeds is actively looking to learn from their experiences to support our preparations. The learning from this inspection will significantly shape the direction of the service over the next period.

Children’s services has maintained the relentless focus on the three obsessions in the CYPP, which have seen improvements across each. In addition, there are several other current priority areas of work for the service citywide: x Frameworki , the replacement for the electronic social care recording system has been implemented. The focus is now on managing the transition to the new system and enabling staff to maximise its potential x The need to provide sufficient school places, given the city’s population growth, continues to be a key statutory priority for the local authority and a clear programme is in place to manage this. x Leeds is at the forefront of a regional drive to increase educational standards and has recently hosted a major education summit with more than 260 national and regional attendees. A particular focus of our work with schools over the coming year will be on supporting pupils at major transition points in their lives by ensuring they are ‘ready for learning’. x Drawing on international best practice, we are exploring how we can maximise the potential of the council’s wider work on community and citizen engagement by developing our existing cluster model. This work is in early development, but is key to the next stage of pushing more services out to localities. There will be further details on this work at future area committees. 6

Page 56 Appendix two: performance data for Outer South area committee

Spring 2014 Children’s Services performance update Current Measure Leeds Outer S Highest Average Lowest data period Number of children and young January 1. 173,462 20,030 24,510 17,289 11,609 people 0-19 2014 Percentage of children and January 2. n/a 11.5% 14.1% 10.0% 6.7% young people 2014 3. Number of primary schools 218 24 Current 28 22 15 4a. Number of secondary schools 36 5 Current 6 4 2 4b. Number of through schools 2 0 Current 2 0 0 5. Number of children’s centres 56 5 Current 9 6 2 Commentary Page 57 The Outer South area committee has 11.5 per cent of the city’s 0-19 population. There are 24 primary schools, five secondary schools, and five children's centres located within the area committee boundary. Outer S Current Previous Current data Keeping children safe from harm Leeds Direction of Highest Average Lowest reporting reporting period travel period period 6. Number of children looked after 1,356 67 81 Ø 20 Jan 2014 356 123 17 Number of children entering 7. - - 19 Apr-Dec 2013 - - - care Number of children subject to a 8. 737 52 72 20 Jan 2014 155 69 13 child protection plan Ø 9. Number of CAFs initiated 867 67 49 × Apr-Dec 2013 162 84 30 10. Number of requests for service - - 2,052 Apr-Dec 2013 - - - Number of requests for service 11. - - 694 Apr-Dec 2013 - - - leading to a referral

7 Outer S Do well in learning and have the Current Previous Current data Leeds Direction of Highest Average Lowest skills for life reporting reporting period travel period period Primary school attendance 12. 95.4% 95.6% 95.8% 2012/13 HT 1-5 96.4% 95.4% 94.1% levels Ø Secondary school attendance 13. 93.7% 94.0% 93.6% 2012/13 HT 1-5 94.7% 93.4% 91.0% levels × Number of pupils persistently 14. 1,532 137 164 2012/13 HT 1-5 373 153 61 absent at primary Ø Number of pupils persistently 15. 2,748 438 598 2012/13 HT 1-5 438 275 163 absent at secondary Ø Number of NEET young people 16a. 1,540 104 82 31 Dec 2013 338 143 44 (unadjusted) × Percentage of NEET young 16b. 6.9% 3.9% 2.9% 31 Dec 2013 10.7% 6.3% 3.0% people (unadjusted) × Number of NEET young people

Page 58 16c. 1,540 115 - n/a 31 Dec 2013 350 153 48 (adjusted) Percentage of NEET young 16d. 6.9% 4.4% - n/a 31 Dec 2013 11.3% 6.8% 3.3% people (adjusted) 17a. Number of 'not knowns' 1,630 176 312 Ø 31 Dec 2013 202 145 60 17b. Percentage of 'not knowns' 7.1% 6.6% 11.2% Ø 31 Dec 2013 8.4% 6.5% 4.2% Foundation Stage good level of 18. 51% 57.9% n/a (Change of 2012/13 AY 64.7% 51.8% 36.7% development definition) Key Stage 2 level 4+ reading, 19. 74.0% 78.8% 76.0% 2012/13 AY 85.7% 74.2% 65.3% writing, and maths × 5+ A*-C GCSE including 20. 57.3% 63.0% 56.6% 2012/13 AY 70.5% 54.5% 41.5% English and maths × Choose healthy lifestyles Free school meal uptake - 21. 73.1% 69.3% 71.3% 2012/13 FY 75.8% 71.9% 66.6% primary schools Ø Free school meal uptake - 22. 71.1% 69.3% 54.9% 2012/13 FY 88.2% 71.6% 61.7% secondary schools × Voice and influence 10-17 year olds committing an 23. 685 39 60 Sep 12-Aug 13 134 55 17 offence Ø

8 Outer S Current Previous Current data Ofsted inspections Leeds Direction of Highest Average Lowest reporting reporting period travel period period Percentage of primary schools 24. 81% 88% 83% 31 Dec 2013 93% 81% 68% good or better × Percentage of secondary 25. 61% 60% 60% 31 Dec 2013 75% 60% 25% schools good or better Ù Percentage of children’s centres 26. 79% 67% 67% 31 Dec 2013 100% 86% 57% good or better Ù Percentage of children's homes 27. 100% - - 31 Dec 2013 100% 100% 100% good or better Current period: 31 Dec 2013 Previous period: 31 July 2013 Ofsted judgement - Outer South Outstanding Good Req imp Inadequate Outstanding Good Satisfactory Inadequate 28. Primary schools 5 16 2 1 5 15 3 1

Page 59 29. Secondary schools 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 30. SILCs (citywide) ------31. Pupil referral units (citywide) ------32. Children's centres 0 2 1 0 0 2 1 0 33. Children's homes ------Current period Previous period Direction of travel Secondary schools Ofsted Attendance Ofsted Attendance Ofsted Attendance Bruntcliffe High School 4 94.2% 4 93.5% Ù × Rodillian School 2 93.4% 2 92.4% Ù × Royds School 3 92.3% 3 91.8% Ù × The Morley Academy 1 95.1% 1 95.3% Ù Ø Woodkirk Academy 2 94.5% 2 94.4% Ù × Key: AY - academic year FY - financial year HT - half term … data below five (suppressed for confidentiality) - data not available; Frameworki report development required/underway Ofsted grades: 1 = Outstanding, 2 =Good, 3 = Satisfactory/Requires Improvement, 4 = Inadequate 9 Appendix three: Families First cohort

This table shows families worked with and the percentage against whom PBR has been claimed. Data are by cluster, which have been aligned to area committees. Where a cluster straddles two area committees, the proportion of the population in each cluster is shown.

Total Primary area % of popn in Secondary area % of popn in area Cluster % claimed PBR households committee area committee committee committee CHESS 40 65 Inner East 72.5 Inner North East 27.5 Inner East 145 63 Inner East 100.0 - - NEXT 26 81 Inner North East 100.0 - - NEtWORKS 20 55 Inner North East 100.0 - - ESNW 18 61 Inner North West 51.1 Outer North West 48.9 Inner NW Hub 58 52 Inner North West 100.0 - - OPEN XS 20 55 Inner North West 100.0 - - Beeston, Cottingley and Middleton 49 65 Inner South 91.9 Outer South 8.1

Page 60 JESS 81 65 Inner South 100.0 - - ACES 36 56 Inner West 54.2 Outer West 45.8 Bramley 54 57 Inner West 100.0 - - Brigshaw 8 75 Outer East 100.0 - - Garforth 4 100 Outer East 91.3 Outer North East 8.7 Seacroft Manston 112 47 Outer East 52.3 Inner East 47.7 Templenewsam Halton 36 69 Outer East 87.0 Inner East 13.0 Alwoodley 18 78 Outer North East 79.5 Inner North East 20.5 EPOS 6 83 Outer North East 100.0 - - Aireborough 23 57 Outer North West 100.0 - - Horsforth 10 50 Outer North West 100.0 - - Otley/Pool/Bramhope 6 50 Outer North West 100.0 - - Ardsley & Tingley 10 80 Outer South 100.0 - - Morley 27 52 Outer South 100.0 - - Rothwell 21 62 Outer South 100.0 - - Farnley 30 63Outer West 91.2Inner West 8.8 Pudsey 31 55Outer West 96.2Inner West 3.8

10 Agenda Item 11

Report author: Aretha Hanson Tel: 24 74309

Report of Area Improvement Manager, South East Leeds

Report to South Leeds (Outer) Area Committee

Date: Monday 31 st March 2014

Subject: Garden Maintenance Service Evaluation 2013/14

Are specific electoral Wards affected? Yes No Ardsley & Robin Hood Morley North Morley South Rothwell If relevant, name(s) of Ward(s):

Are there implications for equality and diversity and cohesion Yes No and integration?

Is the decision eligible for Call-In? Yes No

Does the report contain confidential or exempt information? Yes No If relevant, Access to Information Procedure Rule number: Appendix number:

Summary of main issues

1 The Outer South Area Committee commissioned a garden maintenance service, delivered by Morley Elderly Action (MEA) for an initial three year period ending in 2013.

2 In March 2013 Area Committee approved funding for a further three years subject to Executive Board approval of finance budgets. This report provides an update and evaluation of the scheme delivered in 2013/14.

Recommendations

3 Members are asked to:

(a) note the contents of the report and make comment as appropriate;

(b) agree to the continuation of the scheme in 2014/15.

Page 61

1 Purpose of this report

1.1 The purpose of this report is to provide an update and evaluation of the Garden Maintenance Scheme delivered by MEA in 2013/14.

2 Background information

2.1 The Outer South Area Committee commissioned a garden maintenance service, delivered by Morley Elderly Action (MEA) for an initial three year period ending in 2013.

2.2 In March 2013 Area Committee approved funding for a further three years subject to Executive Board approval of finance budgets. This report provides an update and evaluation of the scheme delivered in 2013/14.

3 Main Issues

3.3 The main objective of the gardening scheme is to provide a gardening service to the elderly and disabled. The service helps to prevent depression and despair at not being able to cope with the garden. It also helps to prevent accidents, such as tripping and falling as the garden is kept neat and tidy and does not have overgrown bushes and grass. A client can also benefit from being able to sit in their garden or walk around it, promoting healthier lifestyle. Benefits of the garden maintenance scheme include:

• Provision of work stream to eleven gardeners

• Providing a reassurance to customers that workers have been CRB checked and are reliable

• Provision of a service that ensures gardens look cared for and prevent trips and falls

• Provides a deterrent to opportunist rogue gardeners from overcharging the elderly

• Promoting feeling of wellbeing and provides human contact for the lonely and isolated.

3.4 Work undertaken includes grass cutting, strimming, hedge cutting, cutting back bushes and small trees and weeding. Garden tidying at the beginning and end of the seasons is also undertaken. On occasions there has been other maintenance work requested by the client and MEA have endeavoured to help where possible. Clients can have a maximum of one subsidised hour per fortnight or equivalent. They can have extra hours at the gardener’s full rate and if at the end of the season, funds allow, any extra projects may get more hours at subsidised rates. However, unlike previous years, this has not been possible this year as the funding has been fully utilised.

Page 62

3.5 The scheme is a 12 month garden maintenance programme and in previous years there have been a few clients having a service over the winter months. Whilst funds have been fully utilised clients have paid the full gardeners’ fee to receive the service.

3.6 The targeted priority groups are: • anyone aged over 60 • those with a disability • anyone unable to cope because of old age

2013/14 Evaluation

3.7 During the year the number of gardens registered in the scheme rose gradually from a starting point of 294 in March 2013 to 382 at the end of the season. The number of gardens serviced during the year was 408 gardens benefiting at least 512 people.

3.8 MEA has continued to increase the client base in each of the four wards and a comparison is shown in the table below. MEA promote the service through newsletters (sent to over 1000 households 3 or 4 times per year) in the Morley, Ardsley area and notices are placed on boards in the Morley Town Hall, tearooms and reception. The service is included whenever MEA speak to any person or group about the range of services they provide. In Rothwell the scheme is promoted through the gardeners and through Rothwell Live at Home Scheme, who also operate in the Robin Hood & Lofthouse areas.

Number of clients per ward 450 400 408 350 300 331 311 250 2010/11 246 200 2011/12 150

Numberof clients 2012/13 100 125 2013/14 108 97 91 85 88 85 50 74 80 84 78 61 64 69 62 45 0 Ardsley & Robin Morley North Morley South Rothwell Total Hood Ward

Page 63

3.9 The following tables illustrate the age range* and gender* of those benefiting from the service in 2013/14.

*Based on clients who disclosed their details

Garden Maintenance Scheme - Gender

Male 30%

Female 70%

MEA Added Value

3.10 The additional benefits of the garden maintenance scheme include:

• Provision of work stream to eleven gardeners

• Providing a reassurance to customers that workers have been CRB checked and are reliable

Page 64

• Provision of a service that ensures gardens look cared for and prevent trips and falls

• Provides a deterrent to opportunist rogue gardeners from overcharging the elderly

• Promoting feeling of wellbeing and provides human contact for the lonely and isolated.

3.11 Over the year the project has serviced 408 gardens, made 4165 visits, providing 4375 hours of gardening.

Monitoring

3.12 Regular monitoring is undertaken by MEA to ensure high standards of quality and client satisfaction with the service. Weekly timesheets are completed and submitted by all gardeners. Random checks are in place to monitor standards which include at least two site visits per month and a short telephone questionnaire with clients who are selected at random.

3.13 Most people say that the gardening service is invaluable as they cannot do gardening any more due to disability or old age but they still want a neat and tidy garden to look out on or to sit in. It makes them fell more contented and happy to see a lovely garden. A lot of ladies are happy to see the garden their late husband tended is still being looked after. Examples of the garden maintenance scheme is attached at Appendix 1 .

3.14 The services helps to prevent depression and despair at not being able to cope with the garden. It also helps to prevent accidents, such as tripping and falling as the garden is neat and tidy and does not have overgrown bushes and grass. A client can also benefit from being able to sit in their garden or walk around it, promoting healthier lifestyle.

3.15 Clients are asked to complete a feedback sheet and a selection of quotes below demonstrates the important role this service provides to support older people to continue to live independently at home and support their health and wellbeing.

• “Very pleased with the service. The gardener is polite, helpful and gives and excellent professional service at all times. Thank you.” • “There is nothing I can say apart from everything is perfect with the gardening service and the gardener really does a fabulous job.” • “I am very satisfied with the gardeners I have. They are polite and friendly and do a good job. I would be lost if I didn’t have the gardeners coming.” • “We are very pleased with the help we get and the boys are very trustworthy. Great work.” • “As neither my husband or myself are fit and able to garden owing to ill health we appreciate having this chore done for us. The gardening is very good and helpful. This is one more job we don’t have to worry about.”

Page 65

Complaints

3.16 There have been few complaints this year (7 during 2013/14). MEA take all complaints seriously and, if necessary, a visit is paid to the garden in question and the gardener is consulted. If it is identified that the work has not been completed to the standards required, a gardener has gone back free of charge.

Advertising and Promotion

3.17 Advertising and promotion this year has been done through the gardeners whilst working in their areas. Newsletters from MEA are sent out four times a year which includes an advert for the gardening service. MEA also promotes the scheme on home visits, at reception and when anyone telephones for help and advice. Rothwell & District Live at Home Scheme also promote the scheme in similar ways.

Wellbeing Contribution

3.18 Area Committee agreed to a revised scheme to be delivered in 2013/14 which saw a reduction in management fee to enable the scheme to be extended. Wellbeing funding was allocated to support the salary of a part time administrator for the scheme, a management fee to MEA and to subsidise the standard hourly rate to give a client charge of £11.00 per hour. Actual spend is outlined below:

Allocation 2013/14 Item Allocated Spent Admin salary and on costs £11,500.00 £11,500.00 Management Fee and all related costs 4,000.00 £4,000.00 including IT, utilities etc Subsidy (4375 x £4 2013/14) £17,500.00 £17,500.00 Total £33,000.00 £33,000.00

2014/15 Scheme

3.19 In 2013/14 the take up of the scheme has increased beyond capacity. This increase in the number of customers has seen the waiting list grow to 11 residences. Given the increased number of customers and associated administration time required to deliver the scheme, it is now at full capacity. MEA will continue to deliver the garden maintenance scheme and maintain at the current numbers and will not undertake any proactive publicity next year. Additional funding would be required if the scheme were to grow further.

4 Corporate Considerations

4.1 Consultation and Engagement

4.2 This project was developed to address priorities in the Area Committee Business Plan. The production of this plan is informed by Local Councillors and local residents. The project has been developed in consultation with Elected Members and local communities.

Page 66

4.3 Equality and Diversity / Cohesion and Integration

4.3.1 Community groups submitting a project proposal requesting funding from the Well being budget have an equal opportunities policy and as part of the application process, complete a section outlining which equality groups the project will work with and how equality and cohesion issues have been considered.

4.3.2 Internal and statutory partners are committed to equality and cohesion and all projects they are involved with will have considered these issues.

4.3.3 A light touch Equality Impact Assessments is carried out for all projects.

4.4 Council policies and City Priorities

4.4.1 The project outlined in this report contributes to targets and priorities set out in the following council policies:

• Vision For Leeds • Health and Well being City Priority Plan • Safer and Stronger Communities Plan • Regeneration City Priority Plan

4.5 Legal Implications, Access to Information and Call In

4.5.1 There are no legal implications associated with this report.

4.5.2 Decisions taken by the Area Committee in relation to the delegated functions from Executive Board are not eligible for Call In.

4.6 Risk Management

4.6.1 This report provides an update on the Gardening Scheme and no risks have been identified.

5 Conclusions

5.1 The report provides up to date information on this key area of work for the Area Committee.

6 Recommendations

6.1 Members are asked to:

(a) note the contents of the report and make comment as appropriate; (b) agree to the continuation of the scheme in 2014/15.

Background documents 1

There are no background documents associated with this paper.

Page 67

Appendix 1

Before After

Page 68 Agenda Item 12

Report author: Sean Flesher Tel: 3957451

Report of the Chief Officer Parks and Countryside

Report to South Outer Area Committee

Date: Monday 31 st March 2014

Subject: Annual Report – for the Parks and Countryside Service

Are specific electoral Wards affected? Yes No If relevant, name(s) of Ward(s):

Morley North Morley South Ardsley & Robin Hood Rothwell Are there implications for equality and diversity and cohesion and Yes No integration?

Is the decision eligible for Call-In? Yes No

Does the report contain confidential or exempt information? Yes No If relevant, Access to Information Procedure Rule number: Appendix number:

Summary of main issues

1. This report provides an area profile of key assets and services provided in the South Outer area. 2. It highlights the current progress towards Leeds Quality Park (LQP) status for community parks in the area. It provides the costs of achieving and retaining LQP status in community parks up to the year 2020. 3. It details capital improvements in community parks, sport pitches and fixed play in the area for the last 12 months and planned improvements to be delivered in the next 12 months. 4. It gives a detailed breakdown of events and volunteering in the area.

Recommendations

5. The Area Committee is requested to note the content of the report and to communicate priorities for investment in community parks, playing pitches and fixed play facilities in light of the issues raised.

Page 69

1 Purpose of this report

1.1 This report seeks to further develop the relationship between the Parks and Countryside service and the South (Outer) Area Committee, as agreed at Executive Board.

1.2 It provides an overview of the service and sets out some of the challenges faced along with key performance management initiatives. In addition it seeks to provide a positive way forward for delivering the extended role of the Area Committee.

1.3 In particular it sets out at an area level progress made in attaining Leeds Quality Park standard. It also sets out investment need to attain and sustain LQP standards.

2 Background information

Service Description 2.1 Leeds City Council has one of the largest fully inclusive local authority Parks and Countryside services, managing almost 4,000 hectares of parks and green space. This includes 7 major parks, 62 community parks and 95 recreation grounds and 391 local green spaces, which include 144 playgrounds and 500 sports facilities ranging from skateboard parks to golf courses, and which play host to 600 events annually. The service also manages a nursery which produces around 3 million bedding plants each year, 97 allotment sites, over 800km of Public Right of Way (PROW), and 156 nature conservation sites, as well as 23 cemeteries and 3 crematoria.

Description of Priority Advisory Function

2.2 The priority advisory function for Area Committees relates to community park provision that have a wide range of facilities, including general recreation, sports pitches, play and formal and informal horticultural features.

2.3 Where developments are less significant or only impact on one site then ward members and community groups are informed and consulted using established procedures. It is important to note that good levels of engagement with ward members exist and this function seeks to enhance this engagement.

2.4 There are proposals currently being considered to increase the scope of this delegation to include development and horticultural maintenance of cemeteries, recreation grounds, natural areas and local green space in addition to community parks. These proposals would delegate investment decisions and the setting of resource priorities using the asset register as the basis of allocation to each area committee. Consultation and rollout is currently being directed by the Area Leaders team.

Page 70

3 Main issues

Area Profile of the Service

3.1 The following table summarises community green space assets managed by Parks and Countryside in the South Outer Area Committee:

Asset Quantity Community parks 9 Playing Pitches: Cricket 1 Football 39 Rugby League 6 Bowling greens 10 Playgrounds 24 Multi-use games areas 1 Skate parks 4

3.2 Regarding bowling green provision, it should be noted that a report was considered by Executive Board in October 2013 that approved revised arrangements as follows:

• The introduction of a charge which would see the implementation of a season ticket at a cost of £25 in 2014/2015 rising to £31.50 in 2017/2018. • The removal of 1 bowling green at 6 sites across the city with more than 1 bowling green. This does not include any bowling greens in the South Outer Area Committee. • That where feasible, appropriate arrangements are established in order for bowling clubs to meet the costs associated with their own direct use of gas and electricity by March 2014.

Community Parks

3.3 The community parks in the South Outer area are as follows:

• Churwell Park • Dartmouth Park • Drighlington Park • Lewisham Park • Rothwell Country Park • Scarth Gardens • Scatcherd Park • Springhead Park • Woodlesford Park

Page 71

3.4 The current position on the quality of these sites is examined later in this report as is the investment need to attain or sustain the Leeds Quality Park standard.

Sports Pitches

3.5 Parks and Countryside provide annual pitch hire for sports teams. The table below shows the number of teams with current bookings playing on pitches in the area: (note this excludes clubs who have a long term lease in place)

Age Group No of Teams Open Age 16 Juniors 28

Volunteering in the Parks and Countryside Service

3.6 The service continues to focus on increasing the number of volunteers and groups working in the area to achieve the following:

• To increase corporate volunteering working in partnership with Business in the Community and Leeds Ahead • Continue to improve involvement with the many “in bloom” groups in Leeds. • It is an ambition to have a volunteer group for every community park where there is a site based gardener. 3.7 It is estimated that volunteers across all groups contribute 3,070 days of voluntary work in the South Outer area over a 12 month period. The tables below provide details of volunteering in the area since January 2013:

Voluntary work supervised by Parks and Countryside staff:

Site Organisation Task Volunteer Days Dartmouth Park Friends of Study of wildlife value of site 2.4 Dartmouth Park Rothwell Country Friends of Balsam Bash, litter pick, cut back 14.3 Park Rothwell Country vegetation Park Hedge management 13.4 Hedgelaying 14.4 Maintain Ditch, strim, litter pick, footpath 8.9 cutback Rake meadow 10.4 Trim trail launch event 23.5 Leeds Wildlife Rabbit fence removal 8.9 Volunteers Total 96.3

Local business volunteers supervised by Parks and Countryside staff:

Site Organisation Task Volun teer Days Rothwell Country Corporate Group Balsam Bash, litter pick, cut back 3.0 Park vegetation Maintain Entrance 8.1

Page 72

Site Organisation Task Volun teer Days Direct Line Balsam Bash, litter pick, cut back 14.8 vegetation Springhead Park corporate Group footpath cutback and litter pick 8.2 Total 34.1

Educational work within the South Outer area:

Activity No o f Child Site School Hours Fountains Primary Dartmouth Park School, Morley Site Visits: Mini-beasts and Trees 180 Total 180

Volunteer groups working independently in the South Outer area:

Number of Estimated Volunteer Days Group Name Volunteers Churwell Action Group 5 30 Friends of Dartmouth Park 5 10 Friends of Rothwell Country Park 10 120 Total 160

Existing in bloom groups within the South Outer area:

Number of Award Won (Yorkshire in Estimated In Bloom Group Volunteers Bloom) Volunteer Days Carlton 7 120 East Ardsley 10 100 Gildersome 5 80 John O'Gaunts 4 80 Lowry Road 25 600 Meadows (Robin 10 Hood) 200 Morley 12 240 Oulton 8 160 Rothwell 25 480 Thorpe 6 100 West Ardsley 8 160 Woodlesford 14 280 Total 134 2600

Page 73

Events

3.8 The bookings and licensing team provides assistance in helping community and other groups organise events with particular emphasise on ensuring legal and safety requirements are met but do not deter groups and organisations from organising activities. The table below shows a list of events held in the Outer South area in 2013:

Site Name Month Event Total Adwalton Moor June Drighlington Football Gala 1 July Drighlington Parish Fun Day 1 Copley Lane December Robin Hood Residents Xmas Lights 1 Dartmouth Park June Friends of Dartmouth Park - Dog Show 1 Summer Bands 2 July Summer Bands 1

August Summer Bands 2

September Tennis Coaching 1 East Ardsley Rec July East Ardsley Gala 1 August Mini Breeze Event 1 Glen Road July Glen Rd Jr's Football Gala 1 John ’O’ Gaunts Rec August John O Gaunts Fun Day 1 John O Gaunts Sports Day 1 John O Gaunts Tag Rugby 1 Rothwell Country Park May Rothwell Ride Out 1 February Rothwell Ride Out 1 October Wild Boar Challenge - Rothwell District Lions Club 1 December Rothwell Ride Out 1 Scatcherd Park August Back Yard Breeze 1 Springhead Park June Summer Bands 1 July Rothwell Carnival 1 Total 23

Community Parks – Leeds Quality Park Status

3.9 The Parks and Green Space Strategy approved at Executive Board in February 2009 sets out the vision and priorities to 2020. One of the key proposals contained in the strategy is the aspiration for all community parks to meet the Green Flag standard for field based assessment by 2020. The Green Flag Award Scheme represents the national standard for parks and green spaces. It has been developed around eight key criteria as follows;

• A welcoming place - how to create a sense that people are positively welcomed in the park • Healthy, safe & secure - how best to ensure that the park is a safe & healthy environment for all users • Clean & well maintained - what people can expect in terms of cleanliness, facilities & maintenance • Sustainability - how a park can be managed in environmentally sensitive ways

Page 74

• Conservation & heritage - the value of conservation & care of historical heritage • Community involvement - ways of encouraging community participation and acknowledging the community's role in a park's success • Marketing - methods of promoting a park successfully • Management - how to reflect all of the above in a coherent & accessible management plan or strategy and ensure it is implemented. 3.10 The Parks and Countryside service reports annual performance against two local indicators based upon the Green Flag Award scheme;

• The percentage of Parks and Countryside sites assessed that meet the Green Flag standard.

• The percentage of Parks and Countryside community parks which meet the Green Flag standard. Performance against these indicators is illustrated in section 3.233.

3.11 The indicator includes an assessment of each community park which has particular relevance to Area Committee engagement. The scheme is known as the Leeds Quality Park (LQP) standard. The following table provides a current profile of these assessments for the South Outer Area Committee.

Year Year Site Assessed Welcoming Welcoming Place Safe, Healthy, Secure Well Clean, Maintained Sustainability / Conservation Heritage Community Involvement Marketing Meets Standard? Churwell Park 2013 No Dartmouth Park 2013 No Drighlington Moor Park 2011 Yes Lewisham Park 2013 No Rothwell Country Park 2011 No Scarth Gardens 2013 No Scatcherd Park 2011 Yes Springhead Park 2011 Yes Woodlesford Park 2013 No

Key: Meets Leeds Quality Park Standard on average for this key criteria Below Leeds Quality Park Standard on average for this key criteria

3.12 From this table, there are 3 parks identified that meet the Leeds Quality Park, and overall, the position is a reduction of 1 compared to the previous Area Committee report.

Page 75

3.13 It is planned in 2014 that the process of inspection will change to ensure that all community parks are assessed annually, rather than every 3 years as at present. This will allow improvements that have been made to be reflected in the performance standards in a more immediate way.

3.14 Improvements to community parks which took place during 2013 are as follows:

• Springhead Park – Floodlights on tennis courts and infrastructure improvements.

• Rothwell Country Park – Trim trail

• Dolphin Lane Allotments – New hard standing and boundary fence

• Hopefield Estate – Tree planting

3.15 The following table provides a perspective on the minimum level of investment required to achieve the LQP standard for the five remaining parks. It also includes the level of reinvestment required across all the community parks in order to sustain the LQP pass up to 2020;

Cost to Achieve Reinvestment Site Name (excluding fixed play) (excluding fixed play) Churwell Park £4,000 Dartmouth Park £286,589 Rothwell Country Park £18,500 Scarth Gardens £61,815 Woodlesford Park £6,000 Total to achieve LQP £376,904 Average annual reinvestment £28,586 Total reinvestment to 2020 £2 00 ,102 Overall Total Investment to 2020 £577,006

3.16 Reinvestment levels are estimated according to the expected lifespan of equipment and infrastructure as set out below:

Description Timescale for Recurring Investment Signage and interpretation 5 years Fixed play (including MUGA’s/skate parks) 10 years Bins and benches 15 years Paths and infrastructure 25 years Landscaping 25 years

3.17 Planned and proposed improvements for the next 12 months are;

• Carlton Village Green – Landscaping and new seating • Wood Lane – Improvements to play area (subject to funding) • Shayfield Rec – Improvements to play area (subject to funding) • Smithy Lane – Relocation of ball wall

Page 76

• Copley Lane Community Garden – Storage, water butts, picnic tables, benches and notice board installation • Ramsgate POS – General green space improvements • Lofthouse Rec – Installation of new slide

3.18 In terms of fixed play, work has been undertaken to set out refurbishment requirements over a 10 year rolling programme in support of the outcomes of the Fixed Play Strategy. The average cost of a new playground is currently about £120k; Multi-use games areas and skate parks are slightly cheaper on average at about £90k each. The table below shows the capital investment required on an ongoing basis to fund the area committees existing fixed play sites:

Fixed Play Type No. Total Replacement Required Average Cost £’s Annual Spend £’s Play Areas 24 2,880,000 288,000 Multi Use games Areas 1 90,000 9,000 Skate Parks 4 360,000 36,000 Totals 3,330,000 333,000

Area Committee funding for additional site based gardeners

3.19 South Outer Area Committee provide additional funding for gardeners to increase site based presence at parks in the area. For 2013-14 this funding totalled £35,654.01 for 3 gardeners over a 6 month period. The gardeners were present at the following sites; Lowry Road, Lewisham Park, Hembrigg Park, Magpie Lane, Drighlington Park and Woodlesford Recreation Ground.

3.20 Since the introduction of site based gardeners, analysis shows that complaints to both Ward Councillors and the Parks and Countryside Service have declined on sites with increased daily presence. In addition, the service has observed an increase in the number of residents using parks and open spaces.

3.21 The site based gardeners increase working relationships with users, local residents and community groups. These site based staff further increase users satisfaction and support the aspiration to increase volunteer groups working within parks.

Coordinated Working with Environmental Services

3.22 The Parks and Countryside Service move to the Environments & Housing Directorate in 2012 has given opportunities to improve collaborative working. In particular improvements in horticultural land management, cleansing and more efficient use of resources in regard to:

• Co-ordination of weed spraying activities with the grounds maintenance contract with a consistent approach to monitoring.

• Traffic Management arrangements co-ordinated to minimise costs and disruption of the highway.

Page 77

• Litter collection in the vicinity of community parks, and as part of normal operations site based gardeners undertake an initial litter pick of the park which is being expanded to include some areas outside the curtilage of the park. Conversely, street cleansing staff now assist with emptying litter bins in parks on a weekend when parks staff are not always present.

• The Parks and Countryside service has a number of welfare facilities and yard space available in most community parks distributed throughout the city which has provided an opportunity for the locality based teams to use these facilities for staff welfare provision and as operational bases.

Parks and Countryside Key Performance Indicators

3.23 The following table highlights key performance indicators relevant to the service;

PI Code Description 2010/11 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 Actual Actual Actual Target LKI-GFI / The percentage of parks CP-PC50 / and countryside sites 23% 26.2% 30.8% 32.6% EM38 assessed internally that meet the Green Flag Target: 23% Target: 26.2% Target: 29.4% criteria New The percentage of parks and countryside community 33.9% 38.7% 42% 55.0% parks which meet LQP status Target: 40% Target: 47.5%

4 Corporate Considerations

4.1 Consultation and Engagement

4.1.1 Close liaison with community and ward members is already in existence, utilising a variety of mechanisms, for example through residents’ surveys, multi-agency meetings and community forums. In addition volunteers, Friends of groups and local residents are regularly consulted on local projects with input on design and physical implementation of a wide range of site improvements.

4.2 Equality and Diversity / Cohesion and Integration

4.2.1 This report does not have any identified impact on equality and diversity arrangements.

4.3 Council Policies and City Priorities

4.3.1 The contents of this report set out how the Executive Board requirements can be met by taking a proactive approach to involve and engage Area Committees in matters relating to community parks.

4.3.2 The information within the report contributes significantly to the sustainable economy and culture city priority plan.

Page 78

4.4 Resources and Value for Money

4.4.1 As part of the wider impact on local government and the Council in particular, the Parks and Countryside service has seen a £2 million budget reduction from 2011/12 to 2012/13 and a further reduction of £0.6 million in 2013/14, with a likelihood of a minimum further 16% reduction in the next few years. In meeting these challenging budget targets the service has already undertaken a number of steps, including reducing the number of managers and back office staff as well as price increases – including removing subsidy for bereavement services and allotment provision. As previously mentioned, outdoor bowls has also been recently reviewed working with representatives from the relevant associations resulting in revised arrangements in 2014.

4.4.2 The service has also sought to be enterprising and innovative including working in partnership to develop a conservatory at Golden Acre café, Tropical World refurbishment, sponsorship, nursery trading and increasing the level of volunteers. Agreement has been reached in principle with the Trade Unions to adopt seasonal working hours from January 2014 resulting in a saving of £140k by reducing the number of seasonal staff recruited each year whilst retaining permanent gardening staff and enabling the introduction of 6 further horticultural apprentices.

4.4.3 The service undertakes to sustain and develop the services provided to the public and has traditionally used a number of sources of financial support to achieve developments. These include grants from bodies such as Green Leeds Ltd, Sustrans, Natural England, National Lottery funding and developer contributions via section 106 (S106) funds.

4.5 Legal Implications, Access to Information and Call In

4.5.1 This report has no legal implications and is not subject to call in. There is no information which is confidential or exempt.

4.6 Risk Management

4.6.1 There are no significant risk management issues contained within the report, its conclusions and recommendations.

5 Conclusions

5.1 Community green space contributes in many ways to the delivery of the Corporate Priority Plan. They provide places for relaxation, escape, exercise and recreation. They bring communities together and make a positive contribution to the local economy, education, improve public health and well-being, and generally make a better place to live, work and visit.

5.2 Improvements to community parks, fixed play and playing pitches remain a priority, and there already has been investment made to deliver improvements along with further schemes identified. Issues are being addressed through the Parks and Green Space Strategy along with implementation of the Fixed Play Strategy and Playing Pitch Strategy.

Page 79

5.3 Community engagement remains a key activity for the service with regular correspondence, attendance at meetings and briefings, along with more localised consultation where required.

6 Recommendations

6.1 The Area Committee is requested to note the content of the report and to communicate priorities for investment in community parks, playing pitches and fixed play facilities in light of the issues raised.

7 Background Documents

7.1 There are no background documents associated with this report.

Page 80 Agenda Item 13

Report author: Tom Smith Tel: 3951395

Report of Locality Manager (South and Outer East Leeds)

Report to South (Outer) Area Committee

Date: Monday 31 st March 2014

Subject: New Environmental Locality Services and Development of the 2014/15 Service Level Agreement

Are specific electoral Wards affected? Yes No If relevant, name(s) of Ward(s):

Ardsley & Robin Hood Morley North Morley South Rothwell.

Are there implications for equality and diversity and cohesion and Yes No integration?

Is the decision eligible for Call-In? Yes No

Does the report contain confidential or exempt information? Yes No If relevant, Access to Information Procedure Rule number: Appendix number:

Summary of main issues

This report provides an update on proposed changes to the operating model and structure of Environmental Action Service Locality Teams to deliver zonally based services. It outlines the reasons for these proposals and the process for agreeing them. It also describes the process for developing the Service Level Agreements (SLAs) with Area Committees for 2014/15.

Recommendations

That South Leeds (Outer) Area Committee:

(a) Note and comment on the proposals for a new working model for Locality Team services

(b) Agree the approach to consulting on proposals for changes to the Locality Team operating model, the priorities within the SLA for 2014/15 and proposals for future waste management arrangement

Page 81 1. Purpose of this report

1.1. This report provides an update on proposed changes to the operating model and structure of Environmental Action Service Locality Teams to deliver zonally based services. It outlines the reasons for these changes and the process for agreeing them. It also describes the process for developing the Service Level Agreements with Area Committees for 2014/15

2. Background information

2.1. Executive Board approved revisions to the Area Committee Function Schedules to include a new delegated responsibility for Street Cleansing & Environmental Enforcement Services in March 2011. The delegation makes clear the responsibility of Area Committees to negotiate, develop and approve a SLA with the service that achieves, as a minimum, the service standards set by Executive Board. The SLA should determine the principles of deployment of the available resources by:

• the identification of priorities for service delivery annually (both geographical and in terms of types of services delivered)

• the agreement of the most appropriate approaches to be taken to achieve local environmental cleanliness and quality.

2.2. The delegation of environmental services to Area Committee means that service resources, mainly staffing, are now devolved. Resources are organised into three wedge based teams for East North-East, South South-East and West North-West, aligned to new Locality Teams. The SLA sets out the detail of the resources which will be allocated to the Area Committees. The annual SLA for the Outer South Area Committee was agreed on 15 th July 2013.

3. Main issues

3.1 Background to the changes to the Locality Operating Model

3.1.1. Since October 2013 Housing Arms-length Management Organisations (ALMOs) no longer exist. The services delivered are now within Leeds City Council, within the Environment and Housing Directorate. This provides us with an opportunity to move to one service that covers all of the environmental issues that were previously split between the Locality Team and ALMOs. The integration of these services will provide one point of contact for these issues, leading to faster resolution and easier access for residents and the public. In the current economic climate the council’s priority is to protect front-line services. A reduction in the duplication of management, and therefore a smaller number of managers in the service will help to deliver this.

3.1.2. In addition to former ALMO services there are a number of other environmental services currently managed through Locality Teams which are still delivered on a citywide basis. Bulky waste collection services and needles and public convenience removal services are currently managed by South and Outer East Locality Team for the whole city; Graffiti removal is managed by West North West Locality Team and the ginnel team is managed by East North East Locality. This

Page 82 leads to inefficiencies in terms of travel and resources, but also means that these services are less able to be influenced and prioritised at a local level.

3.1.3. Whilst the service has made good progress over the last two years to initially stabilise and subsequently improve our delivery, there are areas which could be more efficient and effective. The current reliance on lone working all year around means leads to inefficiencies and a lack of flexibility within the service. Staff who work on their own have also fed back that they feel isolated and do not see their supervisor or colleagues often enough.

3.1.4. Staff have historically had rigid roles which only enabled them to do one task, e.g. litter picking or driving a particular vehicle. This again means we are not as flexible as we could be, and staff also have little opportunity to develop their skills and progress up through the service. Locality Team staff are often confused about their roles and about what tasks they are (and are not) required to do. Again this leads to a lack of flexibility and can cause conflict between managers and frontline staff.

3.1.5. Vehicle usage within the service is considerable, largely due to the size of the Locality Team area and the small number of mobile teams. There is a need to reduce travel time, and therefore fuel usage and wear and tear on vehicles to reduce costs and the impact on the environment.

3.1.6. The Locality Teams spend a significant amount on overtime to cover sickness and holidays. The reliance on lone workers and specific job roles compounds this problem as the service cannot easily move resources to cover functions and therefore has to use overtime payments. The imperative to protect frontline jobs also means that we should be using any additional budgets to create or protect permanent jobs, rather than to pay for additional hours.

3.1.7. Even though the service has made great strides in bringing together enforcement and cleansing functions so that they complement each other and deliver better outcomes, this relationship could be improved further. Collocating services with partners such as the Police and Housing Leeds, is also a key aim to deliver a more integrated, holistic service.

3.1.8. Whilst the gully cleansing service has again been stabilised and improved, the delivery of this on a locality basis has been problematic, especially given the level of resources at our disposal (one vehicle per Locality Team) and the close links to Highways Services. It is therefore proposed to move the gully service back to a citywide service and to further look at whether this service would be better delivered through Highways Services in future.

3.1.9. Environmental Action Services is therefore reviewing the delivery of our services and structures in order to deal with the challenges above, whilst protecting jobs and pay.

3.2. Proposed Changes to the Operating Model

3.2.1. Environmental Action Services propose to move to a zonally based service delivering all the services described above through a multi-skilled team of people.

3.2.2. The service will be directly responsible for all current aspects of Locality Team street cleansing services (excluding gully cleansing – see 4.1.7 above) as set out in the SLA:

Page 83 • Manual litter picking • Litter bin emptying • Mechanical path & road sweeping • Flytipping removal • Graffiti removal • Needle removal • Ginnel clearance • Cleaning of arterial routes • Cleaning around recycling (e.g. bottle banks) facilities • Leaf clearing

3.2.3. In addition to these in future Locality teams will be also be responsible for:

• Scheduled bulky waste collections • Void garden clearances (responsibility for clearing the interior of void houses will remain with Housing Leeds) • Maintenance of Housing Leeds land and estates.

3.2.4. This proposal does not cover those services delivered by Belle Isle Tenant Management Organisation (BITMO).

3.2.5. The service proposes that South and Outer East Leeds area is split into seven zones, with a Team Leader managing both the cleansing and enforcement functions in the area. Table 1 below describes the current proposed zones. Job roles will be broader and multi-skilled enabling the zonal team to flexibly deliver all the services described above within the zone.

Table 1 – Proposed operational zones

Area Committee Zone Ward(s)

1 Beeston and Holbeck Inner South 2 City and Hunslet 3 Middleton Park Cross Gates & Whinmoor 4 Temple Newsam Outer East Garforth & Swillington 5 Kippax & Methley Morley North 6 Morley South Outer South Rothwell 7 Ardsley and Robin Hood

Page 84 3.2.6. It is still proposed that there will still be a commitment to a scheduled level of service for some functions, such as mechanical cleaning, litter-picking and bulky waste collection. However these scheduled services would be part of the zonal teams and therefore more flexible and reactive to the needs of the local Elected Members and residents.

3.2.7. Lone-working will be minimised with staff instead working in small teams. This would deliver the same level of scheduled litter-picking service but more quickly and efficiently and, as an added benefit, white bags would be removed at the point of clearance, rather than waiting for a collection crew to arrive.

3.2.8. Overtime cover would reduce as the multi-skilled workforce would be required to cover each other, with managers moving resources around the zones and the locality to meet the services’ needs. A significant proportion of the current overtime budget would instead be used to fund additional permanent frontline posts. A small overtime budget would be retained to cover some specialist services, e.g. mechanical cleaning.

3.2.9. The service is also working with partners, such as the Police and Housing Leeds, to develop proposals for collocation where possible. The sharing of depot facilities in local areas would deliver significant efficiencies in terms of time and fuel usage.

3.2.10. Work is still required to fully develop detailed operational arrangements and to agree resource allocations within each zonal team. The Locality Team proposes to use the same process for the development of the Service Level Agreement for 2014/15 to undertake consultation with Elected Members on the detailed aspects of the proposals.

3.3. Developing the Service Level Agreement for 2013/14

3.3.1. Service Level Agreements with Area Committees have been in place since June 2011. As part of the process to develop the SLA in 2012/13 we undertook ward level workshops to develop priority areas for improvement. Since then, these areas have not been reviewed and several have now improved to the point where no further action is necessary.

3.3.2. We therefore propose to undertake ward-based workshop sessions in April to cover two main issues:

• Review SLA priority areas • Consult on proposals for resources in each zonal area based on an analysis of need

3.3.3. The results of this consultation will then be shared with the Outer South Environmental Sub-Board before sign-off by the Area Committee.

Page 85 3.4. Streetscene Grounds Maintenance

3.4.1. Following a procurement exercise the streetscene grounds maintenance contract was awarded to Continental Landscapes Ltd (CLL) with effect from 1 st January 2012. The management of the contract became the responsibility of Parks and Countryside with effect from the 1 st September 2012 soon after the service transferred directorates. This enabled improvements to the management of the contract by integrating staff into an existing team which already had considerable knowledge and expertise of horticultural maintenance as well as the management and delivery of grounds maintenance contracts. From April 2013 the service took over budget management responsibility from the former ALMOs and highways along with undertaking monitoring activity and responding to customer enquiries and complaints.

3.4.2. The contract includes highway verges and incidental land around social housing. The specification requires the contractor to undertake litter removal from sites as part of horticultural management operations supporting the council’s wider efforts to maintain clean streets. The table below shows the asset breakdown of contract items for the South Outer area committee:

Asset Type Annual Visits Unit Total Quantity Amenity grass 14 M2 420,749 Premium grass 28 M2 47,686 Arterial routes 6 M2 101,106 Sight Line & Rough Linear 3 M 39,142 Rough grass area 3 M2 27,992 Shrub and rose beds 4 M2 7,454 Hedges 3 M 3,923

3.4.3. Following an assessment of performance during the first year of operation, the frequency was increased during 2013 from 2 to 4 visits on shrub and rose beds. These changes aim to address concerns with the levels of weed growth and litter evident between visits. The following tables provide a summary of contract performance from March to the end of October 2013 to reflect the grass cutting season:

3.4.4 Percentage of scheduled operations completed for each type of asset March to October 2013:

Asset Type % Amenity grass 99.6% Premium grass 96.2% Arterial routes 98.7% Sight Line & Rough Linear 100% Rough grass area 100% Shrub and rose beds 99.5% Hedges 100%

Page 86 3.4.5 Customer Enquiries and Complaints March to October:

Type of enquiry or complaint Number Number % 2012 2013 Change Quality issues relating to operation undertaken 115 89 -22.6% Streetscene land not maintained by the contract 55 50 -9.1% Advice on related horticultural issues 39 29 -25.6% Health and safety incidents and accidents 9 6 -33.3%

Scrutiny

3.4.6 An update report was considered by the Safer and Stronger Communities Scrutiny Board during October 2013 that identified progress against recommendations made including the increased frequency of operations, established consultation with members on shrub bed removal, additional works being delivered by the contractor improving skill retention, and improved arrangements for contract management. It was agreed that a further update would be considered in autumn 2014.

4. Corporate Considerations

4.1. Consultation and Engagement

4.1.1. Consultation on the above has been undertaken with the Outer South Environmental Sub-group of the Area Committee.

4.2. Equality and Diversity / Cohesion and Integration

4.2.1. A key principle of locality working and the Service Level Agreement is a focus on delivering the best outcome for residents across the area, so that the streets and neighbourhoods in which they live are of an acceptably clean standard. This principle underpins equality and community cohesion, seeking to bring neighbourhoods with poor environmental quality, up to an acceptable standard, whilst improving all areas of Leeds.

4.3. Council Policies and City Priorities

4.3.1. The delegation of environmental services to Area Committees, via an approved Service Level Agreement, will significantly contribute towards the Stronger Leeds section of the new Safer & Stronger Communities Plan 2011-15. By delivering services at an Area Committee level, the priority to ‘ensure that local neighbourhoods are clean’ will be much more achievable.

4.4. Resources and Value for Money

4.4.1. There are no resource implications.

4.5. Legal Implications, Access to Information and Call In

4.5.1. There are no legal implications.

4.5.2. The report contains no information that is deemed exempt or confidential.

Page 87 4.6. Risk Management

4.6.1. There are no risk management implications within this report.

5. Conclusions

5.1. Whilst good progress has been made to improve delegated services over the last two years, for a number of reasons as outlined, we now propose to change the operating model for Locality Teams. This change will deliver a more flexible, local driven service and build upon the good work so far.

5.2. We need to make sure that any changes are developed in consultation with local Elected Members and therefore recommend that a ward-based workshop approach is taken to do this effectively.

6. Recommendations

6.1. That South Leeds (Outer) Area Committee:

(a) Note and comment on the proposals for a new working model for Locality Team services (b) Agree the approach to consulting on proposals for changes to the Locality Team operating model, the priorities within the SLA for 2014/15 and proposals for future waste management arrangements

7. Background documents 1

7.1 There are no background documents associated with this report.

Page 88 Agenda Item 14

Report author: Ellie Rogers Tel: 0113 3951658

Report of Area Leader – South East Leeds

Report to: South Leeds (Outer) Area Committee

Date: Monday 31 st March 2014

Subject: Neighbourhood Improvement Officer Update

Are specific electoral Wards affected? Yes No If relevant, name(s) of Ward(s): Ardsley &

Robin Hood Morley North Morley South Rothwell Are there implications for equality and diversity and cohesion and Yes No integration?

Is the decision eligible for Call-In? Yes No

Does the report contain confidential or exempt information? Yes No If relevant, Access to Information Procedure Rule number: Appendix number:

Summary of main issues

To provide Members with an update on the work of the Neighbourhood Improvement Officer (NIO) since the last report in July 2013.

To provide to Members a review of the Indices of Multiple Deprivation statistics for the Outer South area, highlighting priority areas and themes that could form the basis of a proposed refocused NIO work programme.

Recommendations

Members are asked to: a) note the contents of this report and make comment as appropriate; b) note the findings of the data review and agree to the direction of travel with regard to future work; c) to agree to meet the NIO in a series of Ward Based Briefings to confirm ward priorities

Page 89

1 Purpose of this report

1.1 To provide Members with an update on the work of the Neighbourhood Improvement Officer (NIO) since the last report in July 2013.

1.2 To provide to Members a review of the Indices of Multiple Deprivation statistics for the Outer South area, highlighting priority areas and themes that could form the basis of a proposed refocused NIO work programme.

2 Background information

2.1 In July 2012 the Area Committee agreed to fund a Neighbourhood Improvement Officer (NIO) project for a further 3 year term from March 2013 running until 31 st March 2016. The NIO would work 3 days a week across the four wards of the Outer South Area Committee. The work would build on the successful programme of Neighbourhood Improvement Plans already delivered and the format developed of Supported Areas across Outer South.

2.2 The current NIO came into post in September 2012 and a report taken to the December 2012 Outer South Area Committee agreed to secure the progress made to date by approving continued support to Residents Groups in priority neighbourhoods, following the model of Supported Areas.

2.3 The December 2012 Area Committee also agreed to the exploration and development of work with key partners in the Health & Wellbeing team and Community Safety team. An update on health work can be found at section 3.3.1. Following further exploration, the strand of work around Community Safety was not progressed, as issues arising regarding Community Safety have been effectively dealt with through existing channels (issues arising at Tenants and Resident Associations are fed back by the NIO to the Community Safety Co-ordinator and passed onto Tasking, Leeds Anti Social Behaviour Team and the Police where appropriate).

3 Main issues

3.1 Support to Priority Neighbourhoods

3.1.1 The NIO continues to support priority neighbourhoods under the agreed format of a Supported Area. A summary of work to date is detailed at Appendix 1 and an overview of the NIO’s work is provided at Appendix 2.

3.1.2 Despite the Neighbourhood Improvement Plan process, Morley North Members will be aware that within the previously defined priority neighbourhoods of; Asquith & Ingles, Oakwells & Fairfax, Springbank & Moorlands there are no active Resident Associations. Morley North priority areas are included in the data review and refocused work plan at section 3.4.

Page 90

3.2 Community Engagement and Capacity Building

3.2.1 South Leeds Community Network

3.2.2 The South Leeds Community Network provides networking opportunities for community groups across South Leeds. The group aims to strengthen the community sector by providing a forum through which groups can meet each other and support organisations such as funders and development workers. It also aims to share information, ideas and best practice enabling groups to improve and innovate their work. Meetings have been held in Cross Flatts Park in July, in Rothwell in November and Woodlesford & Oulton Action Group hosted a meeting in Woodlesford in March. Topics covered so far have included funding, training and organising community events with key speakers from Leeds City Council and the Voluntary Sector being invited to each event as well as groups sharing their own experiences and learning.

3.2.3 The NIO along with Involvement and Improvement Officers from Housing Leeds continues to provide support to South Leeds Community Network to organise meetings and training sessions, aiming to strengthen the networks ability to support itself as a peer learning network.

3.2.4 In January, the network, in conjunction with Leeds Safeguarding Children’s Board (LSCB) organised a Safeguarding training session held at Belle Isle Youth Hub specifically for community groups. This explored safeguarding issues and provided information and support in producing effective policies and procedures for safeguarding in a community setting. 24 people attended, 6 from Outer South Groups. Groups that attended are reviewing their policies with Tingley TARA taking up further training with LSCB to reach a level 1 in Safeguarding. A further briefing session was also delivered to Woodlesford & Oulton Action Group.

3.2.5 In conjunction with the NIO the group have reviewed a guide they made in 2013 for people who want to set up a community group. The guide includes information on governance, insurance, policies, funding, support, finances and training. Guides will be printed and distributed in the following months.

3.2.6 Community Heroes

3.2.7 In April 2013 a Community Heroes Event was delivered at Blackburn Hall. The event was an opportunity for the Outer South Area Committee to celebrate the diversity and strength of community leadership in their communities, saying thank you to those contributing to their communities on a voluntary basis across Outer South Leeds. Feedback from the event was very positive and groups appreciated the recognition offered to them. Results included wellbeing small grant applications, participation in South Leeds Community Network and additions to our mailing list.

3.2.8 Building on the success of the 2013 Community Heroes Event, the Outer South Area Committee agreed to deliver an event in 2014. Work is being progressed to hold a celebration event for those volunteering their time to improve their communities, at Morley Town Hall in June. The NIO is leading on organising this, with support from colleagues and partners. Ward Members will be kept updated on progress.

Page 91

3.2.9 The NIO promotes relevant opportunities, from both LCC and the voluntary sector, including training, funding and events to South Leeds groups, examples include:

• widespread distribution of Leeds Let's Get Active promotional materials • encouraging groups to take advantage of the HUGO bus and the Library Information Bus • providing venues with Welfare Reform Guides • promoting the financial fitness project commissioned by Outer South Area Committee and Public Health and delivered by West Yorkshire Trading Standards • contributing to integrated locality working through participation in relevant development forums such as Third Sector Goes Local and Transform Leeds. 3.2.10 The NIO aims to engage with a wide audience across Outer South Leeds and provide assistance to organisations through signposting and networking. Examples include: • Signposting to the Fair Exchange Project, engaging them in wider Leeds support forums and initiatives such as Doing Good Leeds, South East CCG Events and South Leeds Community Network • contributions to community events such as the Older Persons Events in Morley and Rothwell promoting Winter Health and Morley Newlands School Fair promoting Change 4 Life • advice & support to St Mary’s Woodkirk’s community space project, resulting in an application to the Caird Peckfield Fund • A weekly good news story is gathered from Outer South groups each week with the winning story being tweeted by senior officers. This helps the NIO to be aware of projects in the area and provides valuable publicity to both Area Committee and groups.

3.2.11 The NIO works closely with the Community Involvement Teams at Housing Leeds and Leeds Federated. Regular meetings are held to share information on projects and work together on project delivery and support to groups, for example, in giving support to Rothwell TARA or working together on the Winter Warmth project.

3.3 Thematic Work

3.3.1 Health

3.3.2 At the July 2013 Area Committee the NIO reported on CCG proposals for a Health Champions programme, this programme had two streams. The first stream was a Practice Health Champion programme to be delivered by South East CCG across 44 GP practices in their catchment area. This work was commissioned with £250,000 from the South East CCG. At the July 2013 Area Committee it was reported that the Practice Champions programme was on hold as the CCG were advertising a vacancy that would manage this work. After seeking further information regarding this project we are advised that proposals are currently being reviewed by the CCG to build on the current healthy living service provision.

Page 92

3.3.3 The second stream was a Community Health Champion programme, which would cover the areas not covered by the South East CCG programme, namely Morley (which falls into West CCG). A steering group consisting of the Health Improvement Officer and the NIO, planned a course of training, attended events and groups to promote the programme and delivered three initial briefing sessions across three venues in Morley North; St Peter’s Church, Gildersome Baptist Church, Drighlington Meeting Hall. Attendance was poor at these events. Due to this and the change in direction of the CCG (they are not currently pursuing a Health Champions programme) the further programme will not be delivered in the format planned.

3.3.4 The Health Improvement Officer and the NIO are working with Molrey Elderly Action to plan a Dementia Awareness Briefing. The session raises awareness of the challenges people with dementia and organisations that work with them face, maps services in the area and gives advice on how organisations and individuals can take further action. Further briefings can be arranged around a range of topics to meet the needs of organisations.

3.3.5 A report at this Area Committee from the Health Improvement Manager highlights key health priorities across Outer South and work being progressed by their team. The NIO will meet with the Area Lead Member for Health & Wellbeing to confirm how the NIO role could add value to this work.

3.3.6 Tackling Income Deprivation

3.3.7 South Leeds Foodbank

3.3.8 South Leeds Foodbank is organised through a network of churches throughout Inner and Outer South Leeds and operates using the Trussell Trust system. The origin of the group is in South Leeds Churches, initially two separate groups, one for Inner South and one for Morley the two groups joined forced in order to share learning and resources and to share the cost burden of the registration fee for the Trussell Trust. It is run entirely by volunteers.

3.3.9 South Leeds Foodbank opened its first distribution centre in Belle Isle in October and since then has opened further distribution points in Middleton & Hunslet, the idea being to roll out the project at a manageable pace and take learning on board as they widen their presence.

3.3.10 The Foodbank has received funding from the Inner South Area Committee, Wellbeing Fund to support their work in Inner South. In the first four months of operation South Leeds Foodbank provided food to 810 people, 55% of which were children.

3.3.11 On the 11th February the Foodbank launched in Outer South with a distribution centre in Gildersome based at St Peter’s Church. They have future plans to open further distribution points, with Drighlington, Tingley, Woodkirk and Newlands being suggested.

3.3.12 The NIO has met with members of the Foodbank network to offer support in establishing distribution points across Outer South Leeds. So far, the group are concentrating on establishing further distribution points across the Morley area as their connections and volunteers are largely Morley based. The NIO is assisting them to find free venues and link into local infrastructure to establish distribution points in Newlands & Denshaws estate and Tingley.

Page 93

3.3.13 The group want to focus on the most deprived communities across Outer South and the NIO has shared deprivation statistics for Outer South Leeds with the Foodbank. The NIO has highlighted to them that there is a need in Rothwell, with Wood Lane estate being the most deprived community across the four wards and John O’Gaunts being in the top 30% nationally. The foodbank are keen to pursue a Rothwell distribution centre and the NIO has shared suggestions for Rothwell contacts with the group.

3.3.14 Funding opportunities have been shared with the group including Community First and the Wellbeing Fund and the NIO has assisted in the completion of Community first forms. The NIO will be available to support the group in a Wellbeing application should this be something they wish to pursue.

3.3.15 Their distribution centres already set up or planned cover Morley North (Gildersome), Morley South (Newlands & Denshaws), Ardsley & Robin Hood (Tingley) and links are being established in Rothwell in order to set up a distribution centre there.

3.3.16 South Leeds Debt Forum

3.3.17 The South Leeds Debt Forum draws its membership from across South Leeds with the aim of developing stronger partnership working around the issue of debt, money management, financial literacy and welfare. The forum officially launched in July 2013 and representatives from key local partners have developed an initial action plan to direct the work. One of the first projects is the development of a website accessible to both professionals and clients which maps resources and services around debt and money management across area and can be used to promote local and national campaigns. The forum will meet every two months, supported by the NIO and Housing Leeds. The NIO will work to ensure there is relevant representation from Outer South Leeds within this forum and that projects include the whole wedge.

3.3.18 Winter Warmth

3.3.19 Bringing best practice from a project developed in Outer East, the NIO worked with Ward Members and partners to develop a Winter Warmth scheme to deliver essential winter items to elderly, vulnerable residents across Outer South Leeds. The project was jointly funded through the Outer South Area Committee Wellbeing fund and the Housing Leeds Area Panel and provided 525 packs containing thermal flask, fleece blanket, hot water bottle and cover, soup, bed socks, thermal hat, gloves and scarf, thermometer and porridge. Packs were distributed by Housing Leeds, Morley Elderly Action, Tea Cosy Memory Café, Leeds Federated and Ward Members. An evaluation will be presented to a future Outer South Area Committee.

Page 94

3.4 Proposed Work Programme, 2014-2016

Data Review

3.4.1 As part of the development of a delivery plan for the NIO role 2014-2016, a priority list of neighbourhoods and key themes has been produced based on the 2010 release of the Indices of Multiple Deprivation.

3.4.2 The table below ranks the top 16 Lower Super Output Area’s across Outer South Leeds, most deprived listed first and showing the 3 priority domains (themes) in each area.

3.4.3 To note, the Barriers to Housing & Services domain is made up from indicators which are local authority wide, this has caused a general shift in ranking across Leeds as a local authority. For this reason it is recommended this domain is not used as a focus for locality work. A fourth domain is therefore included in areas where this ranks in the top three domains.

Key:

IOMD= Indices of Multiple Deprivation, an overall national ranking is given to an area based on statistics covering 9 different domains:

Income Deprivation Employment Deprivation Health Deprivation & Disability Education, Skills & Training Barriers to Housing & Services Crime & Disorder Living Environment Income Deprivation Affecting Children Income Deprivation Affecting Older People

LSOA = Lower Super Output Area, an area of a few streets, the country is broken down into 32,486 Lower Super Output Areas

Rank = National ranking from 1 -32,486 where 1 is the most deprived

Page 95

IOMD Percentage Lower Super Output Ward Key Themes LSOA Ranking Area Number and Area Rank 2010 4990 10-20% E01011632 Rothwell Education, Skills & Training Wood Lane Estate Employment Deprivation Income Deprivation affecting children 5127 10-20% E01011544 Morley South Living Environment Newlands & Denshaws Education, Skills & Training including Lewisham Park Income deprivation affecting older people 5292 10-20% E01011540 Morley South Living Environment Newlands & Denshaws Education, Skills & Training Employment Deprivation 7085 20-30% E01011552 Ardsley & Education, Skills & Training Smithy Lane, Fairleighs Robin Hood Living Environment Income deprivation affecting children 7257 20-30% E01011547 Morley South Living Environment Harrops & Elmfields Barriers to Housing & Services* Income deprivation affecting older people Education, Skills & Training 7834 20-30% E01011639 Rothwell Education, Skills & Training John O'Gaunts Crime & Disorder Income deprivation affecting children 7861 20-30% E01011499 Ardsley & Barriers to Housing & Services* Thorpe Including Robin Hood Education, Skills & Training Winthorpes Crime & Disorder Living Environment 8334 20-30% E01011533 Morley South Living Environment Wynyard Drive, Bright Crime & Disorder Street, Chapel Hill Health Deprivation & Disability 8499 20-30% E01011532 Morley North Living Environment Farm Hill Road, Asquith Income deprivation affecting older Avenue, Ingle Avenue people Education, Skills & Training 9408 20-30% E01011538 Ardsley & Living Environment Eastleighs & Fairleighs Robin Hood Education, Skills & Training Income deprivation affecting older people 9557 20-30% E01011541 Morley South Living Environment Queen Street, Income deprivation affecting older Commercial Street people (Morley Town Centre) Health deprivation & disability

9617 20-30% E01011519 Morley North Living Environment Moorland Ave, Spring Ave Education, Skills & Training & Spring View Barriers to Housing & Services* Income deprivation affecting older people

10108 30-40% E01011627 Rothwell Crime & Disorder John O'Gaunts Estate Education, Skills & Training Barriers to Housing & Services* Income deprivation affecting children 10259 30-40% E01011529 Morley North Living Environment Oakwells & Fairfax Education, Skills & Training Barriers to Housing & Services* Income deprivation affecting children 10783 30-40% E01011631 Rothwell Education, Skills & Training North Lane, Holmsfield Health Deprivation & disability Lane, Langdale Road Employment deprivation

Page 96

Due to limited resources, it is proposed not to take the following LSOA's forward for future work:

• E01011541 ranked 9557, Morley Town Centre

• E01011529 ranked 10259, which falls outside of the top 30% of LSOA’s, this will not be included due to finite resources

• E01011631 ranked 10783, which falls outside of the top 30% of LSOA’s as the lowest ranked LSOA, this will not be included due to finite resources.

The remaining 9 neighbourhoods are:

Neighbourhood Ward 2007 2010 Change Priority Issues Rank Rank Rank in position Woodlane Rothwell 6306 4990 Down Education, Skills 1913 1316 & Training Employment 5213 Deprivation Income 5397 deprivation affecting children Newlands & Morley 7042 5127 Down Living 908 Denshaws South 1915 Environment Education, Skills 2241 & Training Income 4147 deprivation affecting older people Tingley Ardsley & 6817 7085 Up 268 Education, Skills 1935 Robin & Training Hood Living 3815 Environment Income 8331 deprivation affecting children Harrops Morley 7778 7257 Down 521 Living 1847 South Environment Income 7271 deprivation affecting older people Education Skills & 7405 Training John O’Gaunts Rothwell 8238 7834 Down 404 Education, Skills 4217 & Training Crime & Disorder 6932 Income 7099 deprivation affecting children

Page 97

Thorpe Ardsley & 7251 7861 Up 610 Education, Skills 4479 Robin & Training Hood Crime & Disorder 4926 Living 7242 Environment Wynyard Drive Morley 10494 8334 Down Living 834 South 2160 Environment Crime & Disorder 6418 Health Deprivation 9193 & Disability Asquith & Ingles Morley 8245 8499 Up 254 Living 1297 North Environment Income 2227 deprivation affecting older people Education, Skills 6552 & Training Springbank & Morley 9327 9617 Up 290 Living 5158 Moorlands North Environment Education, Skills 7296 & Training Income 9203 deprivation affecting older people

3.4.20 As happened with the development of the Neighbourhood Improvement Plans, these statistics will form the basis for a renewed work plan which will focus on priority issues in the most deprived neighbourhoods across Outer South. This work will be developed with Ward Member input through Ward Based Briefings.

3.4.21 Following further research into priority issues and mapping of current work around them, the Neighbourhood Improvement Officer will consult with Area Leads to develop a menu of options that will be presented to Ward Members at Ward Based Briefings for discussion and feedback.

3.4.22 The following table outlines work to be progressed:

Page 98 Project Areas of benefit Phase Community Heroes Event Across OSAC Area Annual Event NIO Role: In conjunction with the Outer South Area Committee, to organise an annual celebration event for those who volunteer their time to improve their communities. Outcomes: Raise the profile of the Outer South Area Committee. Celebrate and encourage community work across Outer South South Leeds Community Network Across OSAC Area On-going NIO Role: To provide practical support, advice and mentoring to South Leeds Community Network. Outcome: A peer support network meets regularly to provide information sessions and networking opportunities for community groups across South Leeds. The group is well connected to Leeds wide voluntary sector support services. Training and funding advice can be offered at a local level.

South Leeds Foodbank Across OSAC Area On-going NIO Role: To assist the South Leeds Foodbank to make connections to appropriate referrers and to make connections within priority neighbourhoods Outcome: A number of distribution centres are set up across Outer South Leeds, targeting deprived communities.

South Leeds Debt Forum Across OSAC Area On-going NIO Role: To engage partners from across Outer South Leeds in the South Leeds Debt Forum To assist in the development of projects and provision targeting Outer South Leeds deprived communities Outcome: Workers and interested community activists have access to a forum and the resource of a website to assist in delivering and improving provision and campaigning around debt and money management, financial literacy and welfare Resources are targeted at developing projects and provision in Outer South Leeds

Dementia Friendly Communities Across OSAC Area On-going NIO Role: To work in partnership with Health Improvement Officers, Older People’s Networks and Dementia Organisations & Campaigners to develop Dementia Friendly Communities across Outer South Leeds Outcome: To deliver briefings on Dementia Awareness To assist in progressing any actions for communities to become Dementia Friendly Communities

Winter Warmth Across OSAC Area Annual NIO Role: To evaluate the 2014 Winter Warmth Project Project To bring forward a plan for a 2015 Winter Warmth Project November - Outcome: February Vulnerable & Elderly residents are provided with essential items to combat fuel poverty The Outer South Area Committee’s profile is raised through the distribution of these packages

Page 99

Capacity Building Across OSAC Area On-going NIO Role: Weekly Good News Story gathered from community groups and shared with senior members and officers

On-going development of community mailing list and social media presence

Ad-hoc support to community projects, as and when required

Maintenance of groups in Supported Areas, please see Appendix 1 & 2

Outcome: Groups in pre-defined Supported Areas receive advice & support from the NIO Groups across Outer South are kept informed of opportunities

Employment & Skills Role: TBC Outcome: TBC Health Role: TBC Outcome: TBC Living Environment Role: TBC Outcome: TBC Crime & Disorder Role: TBC Outcome: TBC Community Committee’s Role: TBC Outcome: Residents better engaged with Community Committee’s

Page 100

Corporate Considerations

4.1 Consultation and Engagement

4.1.1 This report is a product of consultation with Members, residents and partners and presents a proposal for Members to consider.

4.2 Equality and Diversity / Cohesion and Integration

4.2.1 Internal and statutory partners are committed to equality and cohesion and all projects they are involved with will have considerer these issues.

4.3 Council Policies and City Priorities

4.3.1 The work outlined in this report contributes to targets and priorities set out in the following council policies.

• Vision for Leeds • Children and Youth People Plan • Health and Well being City Priority Plan • Safer and Stronger Communities Plan • Regeneration Priority Plan.

5 Legal Implications, Access to Information and Call In

5.1 Legal implications as a result of this report will be reflected in any subsequent Funding Agreements and Contacts to Tender that arise from projects funded from the Well being Budget.

5.2 All decisions taken by the Area Committee in relation to the delegated functions from the Executive Board are eligible for Call In.

5.3 There are no key or mayor decisions being made that would be eligible for Call In.

5.4 There are no direct implications for the above as a result of this report.

6 Risk Management

6.1 All proposals requested Well being Funding complete a section in the application process outlying the risks associated with the project and how they will be managed.

7 Conclusions

7.1 The report provides an update to members on the work of the NIO. The report shows the range of projects the NIO has been involved in, making a positive contribution to neighbourhoods and communities across Outer South. The role has strengthened the work of the Area Support Team by providing a crucial outreach resource to support communities and develop projects alongside elected members, LCC colleagues and external partners.

7.2 A data review introduces a re-prioritisation of work based on key themes affecting the most deprived communities across Outer South. This forward work plan will be further developed in consultation with Ward Members.

Page 101

8 Recommendations

8.1 Members are asked to note:

a) note the contents of this report and make comment as appropriate; b) note the findings of the data review and agree to the direction of travel with regard to future work; c) to agree to meet the NIO in a series of Ward Based Briefings to confirm ward priorities

9 Background documents 1

9.1 There are no background documents associated with this paper.

1 The background documents listed in this section are available to download from the Council’s website, unless they contain confidential or exempt information. The list of background documents does not include published works.

Page 102

Page 103

Appendix 1 Neighbourhood Improvement Officer Project – Six Month Update

This is a six monthly update report from the Neighbourhood Improvement Officer (NIO) from July 2013 to January 2014. The post is employed by Health for All on behalf of the Outer and Inner South Area Committees but is directly line managed by South East Area Support Team and located in the South East Area Support Team Offices within the Dewsbury Road One Stop Centre in Leeds. The post is funded for 3 days a week across the four wards of the Outer South Area Committee area.

The NIO works to develop strong connections between groups, service providers, local Councillors and the wider voluntary sector, acting as a link to training and funding opportunities and encouraging groups to join such networks over time.

The summary below details work with groups over the last 6 months.

Ward Priority Programme of Training . Progress Report

Page 104 Neighbourhood Work (Training opportunities are shared with all groups) Rothwell John O’Gaunts Supported Area: The NIO attends monthly committee and resident meetings, High Support supporting the group to plan projects and activities. The NIO attends coffee mornings monthly to catch up with the group and pass information onto residents. The group have established good links to agencies and have regular attendance from them at their meetings.

Meetings are well attended but there have been on-going problems with Anti-Social Behaviour on the estate leading to residents and committee members feeling frustrated. The NIO and other officers in attendance continue to encourage residents to report incidents and the issue has been raised at Tasking meetings.

Since July the PNW has supported the committee to:

Ward Priority Programme of Training . Progress Report Neighbourhood Work (Training opportunities are shared with all groups) • Gain funding for a summer of activities from:

Arise Wellbeing Fund Housing Leeds Outer South Area Panel

• Plan and deliver a summer of activity for residents on John O’Gaunts Estate – including a community clear up, fun day, old fashioned sports day and a seaside trip • Hold an AGM and vote in a full committee Page 105 • The group continue to run weekly computer access and coffee morning sessions which are well attended, including a Macmillan Coffee Morning and a celebration of the first year anniversary of their coffee morning • The NIO is helping the group to publicise their sessions and is in discussion with the Rothwell Record regarding promotion. Rothwell Wood Supported Area: The group are on an email distribution list and receive Lane/Rothwell Medium Support updates through this, the NIO attends some meetings and TARA takes away actions form these.

The NIO has met with the group to discuss support needs, the group identified that they need new members. The group currently leaflet a large number of houses prior to meetings and it was agreed we would pursue an entry in the Local to You magazine as an alternative. The NIO has produced some publicity for meetings and offered to assist in further publicising meetings.

Ward Priority Programme of Training . Progress Report Neighbourhood Work (Training opportunities are shared with all groups) The NIO is helping to establish links with other departments such as Environmental Services.

At the last meeting two attendees put themselves forward to join the committee, which is a very positive step for the TARA. Ardsley & Tingley Supported Area: Safeguarding Briefing The PNW continues to support the TARA, attending monthly Robin High Support x 2 meetings. The group held their AGM and successfully voted Hood Safeguarding Level 1 in a new committee.

Page 106 The NIO supported the group to successfully apply for Housing Leeds Outer South Area Panel funding to run an access to computers project. The NIO facilitated contact with agencies that could support the group in running these sessions and drops in monthly to assist.

The group had difficulty negotiating room hire, storage and internet access, in response the NIO organised a meeting with all relevant departments. A solution has been reached, allowing the group to access the internet via a dongle and storage has been acquired within the centre.

The NIO dealt with a complaint regarding driving instructors using the estate for practice. A message has been conveyed to driving instructors via the Driving Standards Agency and test centres.

The NIO has strengthened relationships with the Environmental Services team.

Ward Priority Programme of Training . Progress Report Neighbourhood Work (Training opportunities are shared with all groups) The NIO is supporting the group to apply for further funding, review their Safeguarding Policy and alter their Constitution.

The group are keen to support the development of a Food Bank distribution point at Blackgates Community Centre and the NIO is facilitating a meeting to progress this. Ardsley & Robin Hood TARA Supported Area: Applying for Small The NIO continues to support the TARA, attending monthly Robin High Support Grants x 2 public meetings and monthly committee meetings. The group Hood First Aid x 2 have forged relationships with various departments and have Safeguarding Briefing good representation from these at their meetings.

Page 107 x 2 The group, assisted by the NIO organised a Christmas Lights Switch On Event, in line with the event that happened last year. The group have been very willing to all participate in learning the processes involved in this, to enable all members of the group to take projects forward in future. The NIO helped to set up for the event and ran children’s activities at the event.

The group have successfully gained funding from:

Community First Red Nose Day Wellbeing Fund

The group made contact with Richard Gill and have set up a Robin Hood In Bloom group.

Ward Priority Programme of Training . Progress Report Neighbourhood Work (Training opportunities are shared with all groups) The group have progressed plans for the community orchard, with the help of Ward Members, securing funding for picnic tables and chairs and a cabin and water catcher. Relationships with Parks & Countryside continue to improve, with the group now being offered a twice yearly review of their stewardship agreement, assistance in applying for events and 4 Park Ranger days per year.

Ardsley & Thorpe Supported Area: The Thorpe Community Group wound down at their AGM in Robin Low Support November 2012. Page 108 Hood The NIO attended a meeting organised by Housing Leeds with local community volunteers involved in the upkeep of the centre and interested in pursuing community ownership of the centre. Representatives from national charity, Locality, attended the meeting and provided information to the volunteers about steps they would need to take to pursue community ownership of the centre and support that would be available to them.

Housing Leeds and the NIO helped to organise a public meeting for January, but the meeting was cancelled by community members. The community members have been put in contact with those at Locality who can support them to pursue this project. Should a public meeting be organised and a committee formed, Housing Leeds would open discussions with the group regarding management of the centre.

Ward Priority Programme of Training . Progress Report Neighbourhood Work (Training opportunities are shared with all groups) Morley Newlands & Supported Area: Safeguarding x 1 The NIO continues to support Newlands & Denshaws TARA, South Denshaws TARA Medium Support attending monthly meetings of the group and encouraging them to meet as a committee outside of the TARA. The group have had their accounts audited by WYCAS and presented at a public meeting.

The NIO has liaised with Environmental Services to get the bins outside the shops on Albert Drive replaced.

The NIO assisted the group to book Community Skips which

Page 109 were matched by Aire Valley Homes. The group organised a successful trip to Bridlington over the summer holidays and a Christmas Party.

The NIO booked West Yorkshire Trading Standards to attend a meeting and offer advice and support around scam/frauds and welfare rights.

A meeting between Morley Newlands Primary, ward members and the group has been facilitated resulting in the NIO assisting the group in putting together a letting and applying for funding to support future activities at the school. Since then the NIO has met with the head of Morley Newlands Primary regarding space for a foodbank distribution centre, the head is still keen to see the community space used by the TARA and the TARA are planning a regular booking.

Ward Priority Programme of Training . Progress Report Neighbourhood Work (Training opportunities are shared with all groups) The committee and the NIO have met twice to look at potential funding and go through application forms. Following the last meeting the group have begun to fill in a Community First application form, the project is based around providing various activities in the community room at Morley Newlands primary. Tasks where allocated and the group are doing further research into their proposed project before completing the form with the NIO.

Members of the group are regular attendees at South Leeds Page 110 Community Network.

The NIO and Housing Leeds will be bringing the HUGO bus to Newlands & Denshaws estate in May. Morley Harrops & Askey Supported Area: The NIO assisted the group to book skips for their community South TARA Medium Support clear up, the skips were match funded by Housing Leeds.

The group do not currently hold monthly meetings and an active group member has recently moved away from the estate leaving the future of the group uncertain.

The NIO is liaising with Involvement & Improvement Officers in Housing Leeds regarding support for Harrops & Askey TARA and work to revive this group.

The NIO and Housing Leeds will be bringing the HUGO to Harrops & Askey estate in May.

Page 111

Neighbourhood Improvement Officer Report March 2014 Appendix 2

Definition of a Supported Area

A Supported Area is an area identified as Priority Neighbourhood through the previous Neighbourhood Improvement Plan process that now receives on-going support in order for residents to take action in their communities.

The Neighbourhood Improvement Officer works with active Residents Associations in these areas to help them to develop as groups and to access funding, training and further support. This key link into Priority Neighbourhoods means issues can be addressed as they occur through the engagement of officers from various departments in the community meetings.

Outline below is the type of support a group in a Supported Area can expect:

High Medium Low Role and personal development Monthly phone call Opportunities shared and support Training Attendance at 3 meeting per year when requested with: Constitution & Policy writing Opportunities shared and support Attendance at meetings when requested with: Funding Support with administering and Training facilitating meetings Funding Relationships Support to make links with key Training Recruitment partners Relationships

Funding Recruitment Support to plan and run projects

Groups move between levels of support, dependent on circumstances.

Groups currently supported through this model are:

Newlands & Denshaws TARA Morley South Harrops & Askey TARA Morley South Rothwell TARA Rothwell John O’Gaunts TARA Rothwell Tingley TARA Ardsley & Robin Hood Robin Hood Residents Association Ardsley & Robin Hood

Page 112 Agenda Item 15

Report author: Aretha Hanson Tel: 0113 224 3973

Report of the Area Leader South East Leeds

Report to South Outer Area Committee

Date: 31 st March 2014

Subject: Friends of Drighlington Community Library

Are specific electoral Wards affected? Yes No If relevant, name(s) of Ward(s): Morley North

Are there implications for equality and diversity and cohesion and Yes No integration?

Is the decision eligible for Call-In? Yes No

Does the report contain confidential or exempt information? Yes No If relevant, Access to Information Procedure Rule number: Appendix number:

Summary of main issues

1. The Area Committee is requested to note the contents of the appended report which outlines a request received that the Assistant Chief Executive (Citizens and Communities) waives the notional community rental agreement (CRA) cost of £5,000 for space within Drighlington Meeting Hall and agrees subsidised occupation to the value £1,860 to cover the service charges

Recommendations

2. Members are asked to note the contents of the appended report to the Assistant Chief Executive (Citizens and Communities) and also note that an update on this matter will be provided to the Committee at the meeting on 31 st March 2014.

Page 113 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 114

Report author: Aretha Hanson /Moira Burke Tel: (0113) 22 43973

Report of the Area Leader – South East Leeds

Report to the Assistant Chief Executive (Citizens and Communities)

Subject: Friends of Drighlington Community Library request for Community Subsidised Accommodation

Are specific electoral Wards affected? Yes No If relevant, name(s) of Ward(s): Morley North Are there implications for equality and diversity and cohesion and Yes No integration?

Is the decision eligible for Call-In? Yes No

Does the report contain confidential or exempt information? Yes No If relevant, Access to Information Procedure Rule number: Appendix number:

Summary of main issues

1. In May 2011 Executive Board approved a major review of Leeds Library and Information Service called a New Chapter for Libraries. As part of this review it was agreed that Drighlington Library could remain open for 12 months in order to explore the potential for a community run library.

2. Drighlington Library is based in one room in Drighlington Meeting Hall building, the remainder of the property provides community meeting space. Friends of Drighlington Community Library did not want to take responsibility for the whole building. As a result Drighlington Meeting Hall was transferred to the Environment and Neighbours portfolio. It has now become part of the Citizens and Communities portfolio and delegated to Outer South Area Committee.

3. The sole management and running of Drighlington’s library service was handed over to the Friends of Drighlington Community Library in November 2012 and Leeds Library and Information Service ended their interest in Drighlington Meeting Hall.

4. Friends of Drighlington Community Library are a group of local volunteers and do not have a budget to cover rental costs. A Rental Assessment for the library space in Drighlington Meeting Hall was undertaken. The notional rent is calculated at £5,000 per annum and Service Charge is £1,860 per annum.

Page 115

5. The friends of Drighlington Library received subsidised accommodation in the first year of operation. This report requests a continuation of the subsidised cost of £1,860 for a further year to the Service Charge. This proposal is supported by the Outer South Area Committee.

6. A Tenancy at Will is in place whilst negotiations are ongoing around a potential lease. A lease has been drawn up the friends of Drighlington community Library will shortly be in a position to sign a seven year lease for their part of the building.

Recommendations

7. It is recommended that the Assistant Chief Executive (Customer Access and Performance) approves a grant to the Friends of Drighlington Community Library to the value of £1,860 and waive the notional £5,000 rental income. This grant is to cover the service charges for a further 12 month period. It is recommended that this grant should be approved on the condition that the Friends of Drighlington Library sign the lease that has been drawn up.

8. It is also recommended that this support be reviewed in 12 months to determine whether the arrangement should continue and to agree future conditions of use.

Page 116

1 Purpose of this report

1.1 The report outlines a request that the Assistant Chief Executive (Customer Access and Performance) waives the notional community rental agreement (CRA) cost of £5,000 for space within Drighlington Meeting Hall and agrees subsidised occupation to the value £1,860 to cover the service charges.

2 Background information

2.1 In May 2011 the Executive Board approved a major review of Leeds Library and Information Service. The recommendations included the proposal to delay for a year, the closure of a number of libraries of which Drighlington Library was one, to investigate other options.

2.2 The Library is based in one room in the Drighlington Meeting Hall; the remainder of the property provides community meeting space. Friends of Drighlington Community Library do not want to take responsibility for the whole building. It was agreed that the building would remain under the control of the council but that the library space would transfer to the ‘friends of’ group.

2.3 Leeds Library and Information Service terminated their service in Drighlington on 27 October 2012. A handover audit took place with the Friends of group on 29 th and 30 th October in preparation for the group taking over operations from November 2012.

2.4 Drighlington Meeting Hall is included in the Community Centre portfolio in the Citizens & Communities directorate, having been transferred from the Environment and Housing directorate in October 2013. The day to day management of the centre and the community lettings continues to be facilitated by Facilities Management who currently manage the Citizens and Communities centres that are delegated to area committees.

3 Main issues

3.1 Friends of Drighlington Community Library are a local group of volunteers working to keep the Library open. They have over 40 volunteers who operate the Library during opening hours which helps to keep the costs down. The “Friends” have a management committee of 9 Trustees who organise the rota, events and fundraising.

3.2 The Trustees feel that significant progress and success has been achieved during the last 12 months and hope to be able to sustain and build on this for the future.

3.3 The trustee’s main focus is around generating funding for books and promoting the facility for use by local people.

3.4 The Trustees are planning various activities for the year, this includes a Knit and Knatter group where local residents can come and get help with their knitting. The group is also planning an auction and an exhibition to celebrate the 100 th anniversary of World War 1 to take place after the summer.

Page 117

3.5 The table below highlights progress made since the group took over operations of the library. The Friends of Drighlington Library’s mission statement is to serve the local community, develop sound literary, cultural and social skills by means of the following:

Action Progress to date Provide a meeting place for elderly or • Increased the opening hours so that the disabled members of the community and library is open at least 4 hours a day for mothers with young children who cannot 5 days of the week. It is open 2 full days easily access other libraries i.e. Gildersome during the week, enabling those who or Morley work to use the facilities • There are two areas of comfortable seating for socializing, which is being used on a regular basis Encourage general reading throughout the • Opened after school hours 2 days a year not just in term time to improve literacy week and Saturday mornings. • With the 2013 Summer Reading Challenge going so well, talks are in place to do another Summer Reading Challenge this year which will involve children up to the age of 11

Strong links with the Drighlington Infants • There is a regular school reading group and Primary School. on Tuesday and Fridays where pupils in year 4 can visit the library and read at their leisure. • Talks are in place with the school to allow 1 st year children to do the same as the 4 th year pupils Provide a photocopier for business, club Photocopier/printer is still been used well on and individual use a daily basis by local residents and businesses

Continue to encourage young children to Craft events held for children during school participate in art and craft activities during holidays which have been very popular and school holiday periods well attended with parents requesting more Encourage more people to use the library Jigsaws have been provided for both by providing jigsaws, board games and daily children and adult members to use, along newspapers with a chess. set Local and National Newspapers are provided by the local news agencies on 3 days of the week A work club is also run with the support of Morley’s Job Centre, to help local people find employment Start a Reading Group where adults can This is still high on the agenda but enjoy books together unfortunately is on hold due to the cost of buying several copies of a book, which is essential for a reading group

Page 118

Action Progress to date Develop Story Times for pre-school children Story time takes place every Friday at 2.15pm

Continue to develop links with the Morley • In 2012 the group had a stall in Morley Literature Festival high street publicising the library during the Festival. • Friends of Drighlington Library are considering holding a stall in 2014. Encourage IT usage • Running on a Tuesday, evening from 6:00pm - 7:30pm, the library is running a computer and laptop club to help people become more familiar with IT and problems they may be having.

3.6 Friends of Drighlington Community Library was to take occupation of the space on the understanding that there would be a CRA (Community Rental Assessment) undertaken.

3.7 It is requested that the £5,000 notional rent is waived and a grant to the value of £1,860 be given to cover the service charge costs. This proposal is supported by Morley North ward members and the Outer South Area Committee. The group is currently on a Tenancy at Will while negotiations are ongoing about a potential lease. This is a temporary arrangement between the library providers and the council. The Tenancy at Will will terminate when a lease has been agreed and signed. This is to ensure the group is set up correctly so that all interests are protected if an asset transfer takes place in the future.

3.8 There have been delays in finalising the signing of the lease, mainly due to the status of the Friends of Drighlington Library and the unwillingness of the individual members to have financial or legal responsibility. The group have now applied to become a Charitable Incorporated Organisation (CIO) which will enable them to finally sign the lease.

3.9 Negotiations around the lease have been ongoing since 2011. The lease will provide a legal status to the arrangements between the Friends of Drighlington Library and Leeds City Council in terms of the group’s entitlement to use the agreed space. Break clauses will allow either party to end the arrangements, with notice, should the arrangement prove to be unsuitable in the future. Decisions around rental support are separate to the lease arrangements.

4 Corporate Considerations

4.1 Consultation and Engagement

4.1.1 Rental charges are a matter between the user and the Council and are not therefore subject to wider consultation (the current Community Centre review will be considering community centre charging policies and there will be consultation on this with all interested parties in due course).

Page 119

4.2 Equality and Diversity / Cohesion and Integration

4.2.1 Drighlington Meeting Hall is open to all groups to use. Equality Impact Assessment (EIA) screening has been undertaken to establish whether or not a full EIA should be completed at this time and it has been concluded that a full EIA is not required as the decision would have no negative effect on any particular equality characteristics, indeed the location of the service within the community has positive benefits, and the terms of the occupation are such that the position in relation to access to the facilities by the community can be reviewed within the 12 month period of occupation. The current Community Centre Review is also looking at availability and use of community facilities over the longer-term and EIAs relating to this work will be undertaken as the review progresses.

4.3 Council policies and City Priorities

4.3.1 The proposal to support the transfer of the library service to the community to run supports the ambition of the council to empower local people.

4.4 Resources and value for money

4.4.2 The budget from Leeds Library and Information Service to run Drighlington Meeting Hall was transferred to the Community Centres portfolio in October 2012.

4.4.3 Although the proposal involves waiving the notional £5,000 rental income charge, this will not affect the income target for this building as no income has previously been generated through the hire of this space.

4.4.4 The library service operated by The Friends of Drighlington Library delivers good value for money and provides the local community with a library and a meeting space.

4.5 Legal Implications, Access to Information and Call In

4.5.1 There are no legal implications arising from the contents of this report.

4.6 Risk Management

4.6.1 The building is in a reasonable state of repair and the last known conditions survey August 2006 did not identify any major work needed.

4.6.2 Further meetings will take place with the Friends of Drighlington Library during the 12 month period to monitor operational outputs. Finances relating to operational costs and income will be monitored during the year.

5 Conclusions

The Friends of Drighlington Community Library took up occupation of the Library space from October 2012 and have operated the library since. As a group of volunteers, they do not have a budget to cover rental costs and service charges. Therefore, it is requested that the notional rent of £5,000 be waived and a grant to the value of £1,860 be awarded to cover service charges.

Page 120

6 Recommendations

6.1 It is recommended that the Assistant Chief Executive (Customer Access and Performance) approves a grant to the Friends of Drighlington Community Library to the value of £1,860 and waive the notional £5,000 rental income. This grant is to cover the service charges for a further 12 month period. It is recommended that this grant should be approved on the condition that the Friends of Drighlington Library sign the lease that has been drawn up.

6.2 It is also recommended that this be reviewed in 12 months to determine whether the arrangement should continue and to agree future conditions of use.

7 Background documents 1

7.1 None

Page 121

Equality, Diversity, Cohesion and Integration Screening

As a public authority we need to ensure that all our strategies, policies, service and functions, both current and proposed have given proper consideration to equality, diversity, cohesion and integration.

A screening process can help judge relevance and provides a record of both the process and decision. Screening should be a short, sharp exercise that determines relevance for all new and revised strategies, policies, services and functions. Completed at the earliest opportunity it will help to determine: • the relevance of proposals and decisions to equality, diversity, cohesion and integration. • whether or not equality, diversity, cohesion and integration is being/has already been considered, and • whether or not it is necessary to carry out an impact assessment.

Directorate: Citizens and Service area: Communities South East Leeds - Area Support Team

Lead person: Thomas O’Donovan Contact number: 0113 3951655

1. Title: Friends of Drighlington Community Library request for Community Subsidised Accommodation Is this a:

Strategy / Policy Service / Function Other

If other, please specify The application for a Community Subsidised Accommodation is a request on behalf of Friends of Drighlington Community Library, based on their current circumstances and the work they deliver to meet key priorities within the Morley North area.

2. Please provide a brief description of what you ar e screening

Friends of Drighlington Community are a local group of volunteers working to keep

Page 122

the Drighlington Library open. They have over 40 volunteers who open the Library Monday to Saturday. The “Friends” have a management committee of 8 Trustees who organise the rota, organise events and fundraising.

9. The Friends of Drighlington Community does not have a budget to cover rental costs of this level and, the current community rental assessment for the space in Drighlington Meeting Hall has been assessed at costing £6,860 p/a.( £5000 notional rent, £1, 860 for annual service charge)

10. It is recommended that the Friends of Drighlington Community Library are allowed subsidised accommodation to the value of £1,860 to the service charge and the notional £5,000 rental income be waived for a 12 month period from 1 st April 2014.

11. It is also recommended that this arrangement be reviewed within the 12 month period to determine whether the arrangement should continue and to agree future conditions of use.

12. It is the decision on whether to approve this request that is being screened in terms of its equality impact.

3. Relevance to equality, diversity, cohesion and integration All the council’s strategies/policies, services/functions affect service users, employees or the wider community – city wide or more local. These will also have a greater/lesser relevance to equality, diversity, cohesion and integration.

The following questions will help you to identify how relevant your proposals are.

When considering these questions think about age, carers, disability, gender reassignment, race, religion or belief, sex, sexual orientation and any other relevant characteristics (for example socio-economic status, social class, income, unemployment, residential location or family background and education or skills levels). Questions Yes No Is there an existing or likely differential impact for the different equality characteristics? Have there been or likely to be any public concerns about the policy or proposal? Could the proposal affect how our services, commissioning or procurement activities are organised, provided, located and by whom? Could the proposal affect our workforce or employment practices? Does the proposal involve or will it have an impact on • Eliminating unlawful discrimination, victimisation and harassment • Advancing equality of opportunity • Fostering good relations If you have answered no to the questions above please complete sections 6 and 7

If you have answered yes to any of the above and;

Page 123

• Believe you have already considered the impact on equality, diversity, cohesion and integration within your proposal please go to section 4. • Are not already considering the impact on equality, diversity, cohesion and integration within your proposal please go to section 5.

4. Considering the impact on equality, diversity, cohesion and integration

If you can demonstrate you have considered how your proposals impact on equality, diversity, cohesion and integration you have carried out an impact assessment.

Please provide specific details for all three areas below (use the prompts for guidance).

A) How have you considered equality, dive rsity, cohesion and integration? (Think about: the scope of the proposal, who is likely to be affected, equality related information, gaps in information and plans to address, consultation and engagement activities (taken place or planned – see Ai below) with those likely to be affected)

The sole management and running of Drighlington’s library service was handed over to the Friends of Drighlington Community Library in November 2012 when Leeds Library and Information Service ended their interest in Drighlington Meeting Hall.

The community might feel disadvantaged by losing the library. Questionnaires to the community generated over 120 responses showing a strong demand for a film club, adult education classes, craft activities, computer instruction, local and family history, guided local walks, talks and lectures and a children’s literature festival. The interest shown by the community supports a strong demand for the Library to remain open.

Drighlington Meeting Hall is open to all groups to use. No equality issues have been identified. The use of the library will benefit people from all backgrounds in the local area. No particular communities or equality groups are disadvantaged by the proposal. No other groups had made enquiries or expressed an interest in taking on the running of the Library.

This request to allow subsidised accommodation to service charge and a waiver of the notional rent follows the outcome of the city-wide review of the community centres letting policy and charges.

The location of the service within the community has positive benefits, including the use of space by the youth service. The terms of the occupation are such that the position in relation to access to the facilities by the community can be reviewed within the 12 month period of occupation.

Ai) Is the consultation /engagement listed on Talking Point? Yes No n/a

Page 124

C) Actions (Think about: how you will promote positive impact and remove/ reduce negative impact)

The Area Support Team and partners will work with Friends of Drighlington Community to monitor the continued use of the facility.

Two public meetings have been held in the past where the library services and local councillors attended. Suggestions for long term development were myriad and warmly received. 40 people are volunteers which allows the group to continue to independently run the library Monday to Saturday. 5. If you are not already considering the impact on equality, diversity, cohesion and integration you will need to carry out an impact assessment .

Date to scope and plan your impact assessment:

Date to complete your impact assessment

Lead person for your impact assessment (Include name and job title)

6. Governance, ownership and approval Please state here who has approved the actions and outcomes of the screening Type of Decision being assessed Please tick as appropriate Key (Incurring expenditure or making savings over £250,000 each year and or outcome will have significant effect on communities ling in an area comprising two or more wards) Major (incurring expenditure or making savings over £100,000 per year) Significant Other (as Delegated Decision Making definition set out in Pt 3 of Constitution) Administrative (not in conflict with approved policies and do not raise new issues of policy Name Job title Date Thomas O’Donovan Area Improvement Manager 7/3/14

7. Publishing This screening document will act as evidence that due regard to equality and diversity has been given. If you are not carrying out an independent impact assessment the screening document will need to be published.

Date screening completed Date sent to Equality Team

Date published (To be completed by the Equality Team)

Page 125 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 126 Agenda Item 16

Report author: Aretha Hanson/ Moira Burke Tel: 0113 247 4309

Report of the Area Leader – South East Leeds

Report to South Leeds (Outer) Area Committee

Date: Monday 31 st March 2014

Subject: St Gabriel’s Community Centre – Review Report

Are specific electoral Wards affected? Yes No If relevant, name(s) of Ward(s): Ardsley and Robin Hood Are there implications for equality and diversity and cohesion and Yes x No integration?

Is the decision eligible for Call-In? Yes x No

Does the report contain confidential or exempt information? Yes x No If relevant, Access to Information Procedure Rule number: Appendix number:

Summary of main issues

This report provides a review of the operation of St Gabriel’s Community Centre over the last 12 months. It highlights the work of the Management Committee, Outer South Community Centre Sub Committee, South East Area Support Team and partners in supporting the operation of the centre.

Recommendation

1. Members are asked to note the content of this report and make comments as appropriate.

Page 127

1 Purpose of this report

The purpose of this report is to provide the Outer South Area Committee with an overview of the operation of St Gabriel’s Community Centre over the last 12 months. This follows a decision in 2010 by Area Committee to extend the review period on the building in 2010 for a further 3 years, with annual reviews being presented to the Outer South Area Committee.

2 Background information

2.1 In November 2007 work on the Outer South’s Community Centre portfolio commenced. The scope of the work was to ensure that the Area Committee had a portfolio of facilities which were well used, in relatively good condition and were financially efficient to operate. From this exercise, a number of buildings were highlighted for review. In April 2008 the St Gabriel’s Centre was added to the delegation and drawn into this review.

2.2 St Gabriel’s was included in this review due to a number of factors:

1) The lease between Leeds City Council and the church for the building was due for renewal.

2) The centre was only being used for eight hours per week for Youth Service sessions and the facility costing nearly £23,000 to operate in 2007/08, with only £279 income being generated.

2.3 Following consideration of a report in April 2008, a further report was presented to Outer South Area Committee in March 2009 detailing the situation. In March 2009 the Area Committee decided that the facility should have an extended review period of 12 months. Members felt that due to high levels of community interest shown in developing new activities at the facility and local community members wanting to establish a Management Committee this would publicise and promote the building.

2.4 In 2010 the review period was extended by the Area Committee for a further 3 years with annual update reports. In March 2011 members received a review final report of the 3 year review period. Members requested a further annual report to be presented to Area Committee in March 2014

3 St Gabriel’s Community Centre

3.1 St Gabriel’s Management Committee

3.1.1 The management committee was established with support from ward councillors by local residents in response to the first review. The committee’s main focus continues to be around generating activities and promoting the facility for use by local people. The management committee continues as key holders for the facility, which has assisted in keeping caretaking costs down.

Page 128

3.1.2 The management committee is still encouraging more activities at the centre and is keen to explore options with local users. They are also hoping to establish short term courses within the centre to enable them to open up opportunities, thereby building on the skills of the local residents.

3.1.3 Achievements and Progress to date:

• Over the last 12 months there has been an increase in the use of the building, by local residents. There have been a number of requests received from local families to put on extra activities on a Wednesday afternoon, this will commence after Easter.

• In 2013, the Community Group and its Committee secured match funding from Community First to replaster the main hall. The materials for the decorating was provided through MICE money. The group used their own time to re-plaster and paint the building. The work is now complete

• Some younger members have joined the committee and have been able to put forward suggestions to broaden the appeal of the centre as well as participate in the events that have been taking place.

3.1.4 Future plans include:

• To carry out work to the exterior of the building to create a more inviting outlook.

• To expand and enhance the existing garden area

• Windows have now been repaired, and the internal window frames will be painted to add an attractive décor. Once the framework has been painted the group will apply for funding for new Perspex to be fitted to windows to let more light into the building. Making it more user friendly (Externally) to local residents to encourage access.

• Due to rising damp there is still work to be complete in the main hall.

• There are still a number of concerns that need to be resolved regarding repair issues and improving the communication with Leeds City Council Lettings team to ensure group’s aims and objectives are supported. Area Support team are facilitating a meeting with Lettings and Community Centres team to progress this area of work

• The group continues to work effectively with the wider community – East Ardsley Primary School, Ardsley & Tingley Children’s Centre, businesses, promoting events in local magazines and media. During the year they have been promoting and fundraising by holding stalls at the village fayres.

• Some funding has been secured to assist with getting some additional equipment for the kitchen.

Page 129

3.1.4 The committee held various activities over the year with more planned for 2014. This includes the Easter Extravaganza. Also planned are Summer Activities for during the school holidays.

• Over the last 12 months membership has increased with new members of mixed ages and gender. Thus engaging more with local residents and encompassing the wider interests of all involved

• Achieved £1,500 funding from Community First Panel for replastering of the main hall and £300 funding for baby changing table. This will be fitted as soon as the decoration of the ladies toilets is completed.

• St Gabriel’s Management Committee is communicating regularly with local schools, advertising local flyer on notice board

• Liaising with the Ardsley & Tingley Children’s Centre advertising via Sure Start and working together to promote each other’s events/activities. Sure Start have also hired the room for a movement and play session during the summer holidays

3.1.5 Members of the management committee (Appendix 1) feel that significant progress and success has been achieved during the last 12 months and hope to be able to sustain and build on this for the future with continued partnership working.

3.1.6 The Management Committee has raised some concerns regarding the Community Centre which are:

• Lettings information and their methods of booking / reserving the building are inconsistent

• Relaying of information from Asset Management to the Committee. There are concerns regarding the communication links that need to be developed and strengthened.

• Repair work unreliable and long drawn out repairs which hold up the work of the group.

3.2 Views from St Michael’s Church

3.2.1 As with previous reports the views of St Michael’s Church have been sought. The property was originally gifted to the Trustees in 1903 and there is no restriction on the power of sale, therefore the Trustees could sell the property and dispose of the proceeds. The trustees comprise of the Vicar of St. Michael’s and three other people. The lease was renewed for three years in 2010 and ran out in 2013. No further paperwork has been received regarding the renewal of the lease from 2013.

Page 130

3.2.1 The trustees at St Michaels have commented on how the Community Centre continues to be well used by various groups of all ages from the village. They remain thankful for the time put in by the St Gabriel’s Management Committee in managing and looking after the Centre and for the input from Leeds City Council with regards to the building maintenance.

3.2.2 The church trustees remain of the view expressed in previous years that if Leeds City Council were to cease their involvement with St Gabriel’s Centre, then they would have no option but to sell the building, as they feel they would not have enough time nor funds to commit to the running of the facility or to carry out any repairs to the property.

3.2.3 With regard to the community facilities, it is highly likely that the Methodist Church on Chapel Street will close in summer 2014. Groups are already in discussion with the Management Committee about using St Gabriel’s following the closure of the Methodist Church. It is expected that this further demand for space will impact on the fees received from the lettings. St Michael’s Church Hall continues to be used by existing groups so there would not be a great deal of spare capacity in letting the Church Hall.

3.2.4 The trustees at St Michaels also commented on how encouraging it has been to note the investment by Leeds City Council on various items of fabric repair and decoration that has been undertaken on the building and the main hall. They feel this, together with the work of the St. Gabriel’s management committee, has led to many groups using the centre on a regular basis or for one off events (see paragraph 3.5).

3.2.5 In addition to St Gabriel’s, St Michael’s Church has a church hall which they hire out for local community activities. This is very well used on Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday nights. Wednesday mornings are used by the parent and toddler group. While Thursday night is currently free, a local group has expressed an interest to use the hall. Friday and Saturday nights are reserved for church Socials and the church’s youth club meet twice monthly on Sunday. This is additional to one-off bookings for parties.

3.3 Youth Service

3.3.1 The Youth Service has been delivering two weekly sessions at St Gabriel’s Youth Centre. The restructure of the Youth Service has resulted in both sessions taking place on the same evening.

• Tuesday: Intermediate Club - 11 to 13 year olds :

Registered members: 45 Average attendance: 18 per session Total attendance for year: 597

Page 131

• Tuesday: Senior Youth Club - 13 to 19 year olds

Registered members: 73 Average attendance: 9 per session total attendance for year: 235

• Of the 118 members attending the two provisions 87 young people are from the Lower Super Output Areas (LSOA) priority area.

3.3.2 The sessions at St Gabriel’s Youth Centre have engaged young people from the geographical target areas of Thorpe / East Ardsley. This has also supported the Children’s Services Children & Young People Plan (CYYP) plan targets of:

• Reducing the number of young people in care • Reducing the number of young people not in employment or education (NEET) • and improving school attendance

3.3.3 Five young people from the St Gabriel’s / East Ardsley area were involved in the National Citizenship Service (NCS) project and Youth Matters group. NCS group members worked on attending two residentials, one at Angrove Park and one at Herd Farm. During the residentials young people developed skills and focussed on a social action programme for their local community. The group members focussed on improving recreational activities for young people. During summer 2013 they worked on the Mini-Breeze at East Ardsley offering additional activities and raising funds for Yorkshire Air Ambulance in memory of a local young man. The group members also supported the Outer South consultation of young people through the mini breeze event at East Ardsley Rec. There was 17 young people from across the Ardsley / Morley area were involved in helping and 5 from the local area.

3.3.4 The St Gabriel’s / East Ardsley members have been working to support the work of the Youth Matters group. The group has been undertaking training, meetings with Councillors and supporting the interview process for Youth Workers and Youth Support Workers. The group has recently been involved in the Youth Activity Fund process, reviewing applications from potential activity providers.

3.3.5 The School holidays programme of trips / activities is offered to young people of Thorpe / East Ardsley and this has helped promote the facilities at St Gabriel’s centre.

3.3.6 The Thorpe Mobile session has continued to operate and has enabled young people from Thorpe to access St Gabriel’s Session. The Thorpe Session now has a regular attendance of 5+ young people, all from the Thorpe area. The Thorpe Mobile session continues to takes place on a Thursday, but this will be changing due to the poor attendance. Youth Service has supported the St Gabriel’s Community Centre in terms of having new notice boards placed on the walls, a local college supported this in terms of fixing them on the wall free of charge.

Page 132

3.3.7 Youth Service has also made a financial contribution to the purchase of a cooker at the centre with playgroup and local councillors.

3.4 Support from Area Support Team

3.4.1 The Area Support Team has continued in its role of providing support and guidance when required. The Area Committee previously agreed a protocol (Appendix 2) to help the Management Committee to be more effective in dealing with issues. This has been maintained and adopted with regular monitoring by the Outer South Community Centres Sub Committee.

3.5 Summary of Current Use

3.5.1 The timetable below shows the programme of regular activities taking place at the centre.

Day Activity Monday Tuesday Baby & Toddler Group 9.30 – 11.30 Youth Club – 6pm – 8pm Wednesday Boogie Babies – 9.30 – 10.30 Kraftwise (held on afternoon) Councillor Surgery ( Monthly) Thursday Baby & Toddler Group 9.30 – 11.30 Friday Dazl Dance Group – 4pm – 5.30pm Prize Bingo ( Monthly) 7.30 – 10pm Saturday Seasonal Events and Fundraising

3.5.2 A slimming group has expressed an interest in holding Wednesday evening Sessions at the centre.

3.5.3 Events held during the

Activity Number of attendees Summer Fayre 80 Easter Extravaganza 60 Christmas Fayre 80 Sure Start – Movement & Play sessions 24 Parties & Children’s Celebrations (booked via Lettings) Visit by Bishop of Wakefield to commemorate 25 40 years of the changes to the Church building Polling station Public Meetings Up to 25 at each meeting

Page 133

3.6 Finance

3.6.1 The table below provides an updated financial position in January 2013/14 against the end of year figures for 2012/13. Please note that the figures at January are subject to change due to any charges which may come through on the account by the end of the financial year:

Cost Type 2008/09 2009/10 2010 -11 2011 -12 2012 -13 2012 -13 2013 -14 Actual Actual Actual Actual Budget Actual Budget

Rates £1,109 £1,164 £1,056 £1,104 £1,170 £1,148 Grounds £1,470 Maintenance 0 0 Caretaking £18,963 £7,063 £1,863 £225 0 0 0 Premises (utilities / supplies / £4,302 -£1,104* £4,363 £6,869 £7,370 £6,028 £6103 services) Management Fee (LCC Corporate £2,455 £747 £1,135 £1,460 £1,270 Property Management) £1,270 £1,670 Insurance £430 £440 £430 £430 0 0 0 Included in Maintenance premises £1,830 £1,010 £1,070 £1,050 costs costs in 08/09 Income from -£294 -£60 £-60 £-350 £-60 £-624 £-52 Lettings Telephone line £51 £140 £164 £220 Total £26,965 £10,0 80 £9,848 £7,897 £10,800 £7986 £7941 *due to a large credit on electricity bill

4 Corporate Considerations

4.1 Consultation and Engagement

4.1.1 The Outer South Communities Centres Sub Committee on behalf of the Outer South Area Committee in determining their objectives have engaged key partners and considered both local and citywide emerging priorities. These are reviewed on an annual basis with the support of St. Gabriel’s management committee, St Michael’s Church and Corporate Property Management Team.

4.2 Equality and Diversity / Cohesion and Integration

4.2.1 Community groups submitting a project proposal requesting funding from the Well being budget have an equal opportunities policy and as part of the application process, complete a section outlining which equality groups the project will work with and how equality and cohesion issues have been considered.

Page 134

4.2.2 Internal and statutory partners are committed to equality and cohesion and all projects they are involved with will have considered these issues.

4.2.3 A light touch Equality Impact Assessments is carried out for all projects.

4.3 Council Policies and City Priorities

4.3.1 The projects outlined in this report contribute to targets and priorities set out in the following council policies:

• Vision For Leeds • Children and Families City Priority Plan • Safer and Stronger Communities City Priority Plan • Health and Wellbeing City Priorities Plan • Sustainable Economy and Culture City Priority Plan • Housing and Regeneration City Priority Plan

4.4 Resources and Value for Money

4.4.1 The resource implications are detailed at 3.6.1.

4.5 Legal Implications, Access to Information and Call In

4.5.1 The legal implications of this report would be associated with the implementation of any lease agreement between Leeds City Council and church trustees...

4.5.2 Having decided to keep St Gabriel’s open as a functional community centre for a further 3 years in 2010 the various budgetary resource implications are detailed above.

4.5.3 All decisions taken by the Area Committee in relation to the delegated functions from Executive Board are eligible for Call In.

4.5.4 There are no key or major decisions being made that would be eligible for Call In.

4.6 Risk Management

4.6.1 This report provides an update on work in the Outer South and therefore no risks are identifiable. Any projects funded through Wellbeing budget complete a section identifying risks and solutions as part of the application process.

5.0 Conclusions

5.1 The centre continues to be well used. Advertising via Sure Start, children centres and the local school has led to continued involvement in linking with other events within the local community. The group acknowledges the centre still faces the challenge of generating an income from paid lettings.

Page 135

5.2 While there are a number of other community facilities in the area, it is acknowledged that they are usually fully booked. The management committee continues to pursue the issue of ‘fit for purpose’ with regards to the condition of the kitchen, toilets and other issues. Action on these issues has been identified and progress on them continues to be tracked at the Outer South Area Committee Community Centres Sub Committee.

5.3 The management committee had hoped the reduction in the cost of hiring the centre should have contributed to an increase in paid lettings but voiced concerns that this new rate is not being well promoted by LCC lettings team and would like these issues regarding the procedures relating to letting out the centre addressed.

5.4 The programme of work scheduled to improve the facility is still ongoing and the committee members have opined how this has contributed to the delay to the self help work that the group had planned to undertake at the Centre.

5.5 Youth Service continue to respond to local need with appropriate sessions at the centre, as well as using the youth bus locally and in the wider Ardsley & Robin Hood area.

5.6 AST is facilitating a meeting with St Gabriel’s, Lettings and Community Centre Team to help improve the process for booking the centre.

6.0 Recommendations

6.1 Members are asked to note the content of this report and make comments as appropriate.

7 Background documents 1

7.1 There are no background documents associated with this paper.

Page 136

Appendix 1

St Gabriel’s Community Centre Management Committee

The Current membership list is as follows

Chair Susan Volante

Secretary Councillor Karen Renshaw

Treasurer Marilyn Richards

Committee Members Janet Howse Maureen Bush Sarah Day Kathleen Renshaw Aileen Martin Trevor Sherbourne Suzanne Flesher Mark Harwood

Youth Represen tatives Thomas Harwood Dale Harwood Michael Carruthers

Page 137

Page 138

Appendix 2 St Gabriel’s Community Centre - Protocols

Issue / Question Who can help Contact Details Repair issues – has something in the centre been broken? Is All repair requests must be reported through to Civic Buildings Helpline: 01 13 2474105 something not working properly? Any general issues around Civic Buildings Helpline. This will ensure the repair maintenance of the facility is recorded on the repairs system and a reference number will be generated Caretaking or Cleaning – if a caretaker hasn’t arrived at the facility, If a building is not open between 9am – 5pm when Sharon Smith: 07891 273350 if there isn’t any cleaning materials available to use it should be, please call one of the South Area [email protected] Buildings Team. If the facility is not open when it Angie Baker: 07891 272804 should be after 5pm, please contact LCC Security [email protected] Services. Do not open the building for another LCC Security Services: 0113 2630440 organisation even if you are they key holder. Civic Buildings Helpline: 0113 2474105 Key holding – if keys are lost, stolen or don’t work Key s lost or stolen must be reported immediately Civic Buildings Helpline: 0113 2474105

Page 139 to the Civic Buildings Helpline. If users don’t have access to the facility when a letting is in place and it LCC Security Services: 0113 2630440 is after 5pm, then please contact LCC Security Services Furniture & Equipment – if there is inadequate furniture or Requests for equipment or furniture should be Moira Burke equipment at the facility submitted in writing with full details to the South East Area Support Team. All requests will be [email protected] considered by the Outer South Community Centres Sub Committee. All requests for such items must be 0113 22 43040 agreed by the sub committee. Lettings – any ques tions relating to lettings – charges or application Contact Lettings Unit regarding any queries about Lettings Unit – 0113 2243845 forms lettings applications or a current lettings at the facility Review Report for Area Committee – deadlines, questions, c ontent South East Area Support Team will oversee the Moira Burke review report which will go to the Outer South Area Committee on [email protected] Monday 31 st March 2014. 0113 22 43040

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 140 Agenda Item 17

Report author: Gerard Watson Tel: 0113 39 52194

Report of the City Solicitor

Report to Outer South Area Committee

Date: Monday 31 st March 2014

Subject: Dates, Times and Venues of Community Committee Meetings 2014/15

Are specific electoral Wards affected? Yes No If relevant, name(s) of Ward(s):

Rothwell Morley North Morley South Rothwell Are there implications for equality and diversity and cohesion and Yes No integration?

Is the decision eligible for Call-In? Yes No

Does the report contain confidential or exempt information? Yes No If relevant, Access to Information Procedure Rule number: Appendix number:

Summary of main issues

In line with previous practice, Area Committees have agreed their meeting schedule for the forthcoming municipal year at the last ordinary meeting of the current municipal year, in order to enable the agreed schedule to appear within the Council’s diary.

The purpose of the report is to request Members to give consideration to agreeing the dates and times of their new Community Committee meetings for the 2014/2015 municipal year which commences in June 2014, whilst also considering whether any revisions to the current meeting and venue arrangements should be explored.

Given the principles set out in the report to Executive Board on 18 th December 2013 which were agreed for the purposes of consultation, and noting that Executive Board is scheduled to confirm arrangements for the new Community Committees in May, this report seeks to schedule 4 ordinary committee meetings for 2014/2015, this being in order to ensure that the dates appear within the Council’s diary. A meeting in May 2015 to elect a Chair for the next municipal year will also be scheduled with Members’ approval, once Group nomination arrangements have been confirmed. Should the Committee wish, the proposed schedule can be supplemented with further formal committee meetings as the business needs of the committee requires. Members are also asked to note that the schedule does not set out the community engagement events which are to be a key feature of the new area arrangements.

Page 141

In acknowledging that Executive Board is not scheduled to confirm arrangements for the new Community Committees until May, should there be any changes to the arrangements which impact upon the proposed meeting schedule, then such matters will be brought to the Committee’s attention at the earliest opportunity.

In addition to confirming the 2014/2015 schedule, the report also seeks to agree an ‘Election of Chair’ meeting in June 2014 during the limited window available leading up to the Annual Meeting of Council on 9 th June 2014, in order to determine the Chair of the Committee for 2014/2015.

Recommendations

Members are requested to consider the options detailed within the report and to agree the Committee’s meeting schedule for the 2014/15 municipal year, in order that they may be included within the Council diary for the same period.

Members are requested to give consideration as to whether they wish to continue with the Committee’s current meeting and venue arrangements or whether they would like to request any amendments to such arrangements.

Members are requested to consider and agree the proposed date for the meeting in June 2014, which is primarily scheduled to elect a Chair for the 2014/2015 municipal year.

Page 142

1 Purpose of this report

1.1 The purpose of this report is to seek the Area Committee’s formal approval of a meeting schedule for the 2014/2015 municipal year and also to agree a date for the Election of Chair Committee meeting prior to the Annual Council Meeting in June 2014.

1.2 In addition, Members are requested to give consideration as to whether they wish to continue with the Committee’s current meeting and venue arrangements or whether they would like to request any amendments to such arrangements.

2 Background information

2.1 Currently, the Area Committee Procedure Rules state that each Committee will agree its schedule of meetings for the forthcoming year, either at the last meeting in the current municipal year or at its first meeting in the new municipal year. In order to appear in the Council diary for 2014/15, the dates and times of the Community Committee meetings need to be approved at the earliest opportunity.

3 Main issues

3.1 Meeting Schedule

3.2 The following provisional dates have been agreed in consultation with the Area Leader and their team. As referenced earlier, this report seeks to schedule 4 ordinary committee meetings for 2014/2015 in order to ensure that the dates appear within the Council’s diary. A meeting in May 2015 to elect a Chair for the next municipal year will also be scheduled with Members’ approval, once Group nomination arrangements have been confirmed. Should the Committee wish, the proposed schedule can be supplemented with further formal committee meetings as the business needs of the committee requires. The proposed schedule is presented for agreement in line with the principles outlined in the report to Executive Board in December 2013, with the acknowledgement that the Executive Board is not scheduled to confirm arrangements for the new ‘Community Committees’ until May. Should there be any change in the arrangements for Community Committees which affect the proposed schedule of meetings, then such matters will be brought to the Committee’s attention at the earliest opportunity.

3.4 The proposed meeting schedule for 2014/15 is as follows:-

• 7th July 2014 • 20 th October 2014 • 2nd February 2015 • 23rd March 2015

3.4.1 The proposed date for the meeting to elect a Chair for the 2014/2015 municipal year is: 4th June 2014.

Page 143

3.5 Meeting Days, Times and Venues

3.5.1 Currently the Committee meets on a Monday at 4.00 pm and the above suggested dates reflect this pattern.

3.5.2 Meeting on set days and times has the advantage of certainty and regularity, which assists people to plan their schedules. The downside might be that it could serve to exclude certain people i.e. members of the public, for instance, who have other regular commitments on that particular day or who might prefer either a morning or afternoon meeting or a meeting immediately after normal work hours. Therefore, the Committee may wish to give consideration to meeting start times and venue arrangements which would maximise the accessibility of the meetings for the community.

3.6 Corporate Considerations

3.7 Consultation and Engagement

3.7.1 In compiling the proposed schedule of meeting dates and times, the current Area Committee Chair, the Area Leader and colleagues within Area Support have been consulted.

3.7.2 The submission of this report to the Area Committee forms part of the consultation process as it seeks the views of Elected Members with respect to the Community Committee meeting schedule and venue arrangements.

3.7.3 Consultation upon the revised arrangements for Community Committees continues in order to ensure that such committees are responsive to the needs of the local communities. The proposed arrangements for Community Committees are scheduled to be submitted to Executive Board in May 2014 for approval.

3.8 Equality and Diversity / Cohesion and Integration

3.8.1 There are no specific implications relating to equality and diversity or cohesion and integration arising from this report, however, in considering the matters detailed, Members may wish to give consideration to ensuring that the Community Committee meeting arrangements are accessible to all groups within the community.

3.9 Council policies and City Priorities

3.9.1 A Community Committee meeting schedule which facilitates a widely accessible but robust decision making forum is in line with the Council’s Policies and City Priorities.

3.10 Resources and value for money

3.10.1 There are no resource implications directly arising from the submission of this report to the Area Committee.

Page 144

3.11 Legal Implications, Access to Information and Call In

3.11.1 In line with Executive and Decision Making Procedure Rule 5.1.2, the power to Call In decisions does not extend to decisions taken by Area Committees.

3.12 Risk Management

3.12.1 There are no risks directly arising from the submission of this report to the Area Committee, however, not determining an agreed meeting schedule at this meeting may result in the dates not featuring within the 2014/15 Council diary.

4 Conclusions

4.1 The Area Committee Procedure Rules currently stipulate that each Committee will agree its schedule of meetings for the forthcoming year, either at the last meeting in the current municipal year or at its first meeting in the new municipal year. In order to enable the Committee’s meeting schedule to feature within the Council diary for 2014/15, Members are requested to agree the arrangements for the same period at today’s meeting. However, it is noted that Executive Board is not scheduled to consider the final proposals regarding Community Committee arrangements until May. Should there be any changes which impact upon the proposed meetings schedule, then such matters would be brought to the Committee’s attention at the earliest opportunity.

5 Recommendations

5.1 Members are requested to consider the options detailed within the report and to agree the Committee’s meeting schedule for the 2014/15 municipal year, in order that they may be included within the Council diary for the same period.

5.2 Members are requested to give consideration as to whether they wish to continue with the Committee’s current meeting and venue arrangements or whether they would like to request any amendments to such arrangements.

5.3 Members are requested to consider and agree the proposed date for the meeting in June 2014 which is primarily scheduled to elect a Chair for the 2014/2015 municipal year.

6 Background documents 1

6.1 None.

Page 145 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 146 Agenda Item 18

Report author: Aretha Hanson Tel: 2474309

Report of the Assistant Director (Citizens & Communities)

Report to South Leeds (Outer) Area Committee

Date: Monday 31 st March 2014

Subject: Summary of Key Work

Are specific electoral Wards affected? Yes No

If relevant, name(s) of Ward(s): Ardsley and Robin Hood Morley North Morley South Rothwell Are there implications for equality and diversity and cohesion Yes No and integration?

Is the decision eligible for Call-In? Yes No

Does the report contain confidential or exempt information? Yes No If relevant, Access to Information Procedure Rule number: Appendix number:

Summary of main issues

This report presents an update on the key work taking place within the Outer South Leeds area, not covered elsewhere on the agenda.

Recommendations

The Area Committee is asked to: a) note the contents of the report and make comment as appropriate; b) sign off the Business Plan Priorities & Actions for 2013/14 and consider new priorities for 2014/15 to be included for further consideration at the first meeting of the new municipal year c) consider and agree on a place based name for the new community committee.

Page 147 1.0 Purpose of this report

1.1 To bring to Members’ attention, a summary of key work which the Area Support Team are engaged in based on priorities identified by the Area Committee, that are not covered elsewhere on this agenda. It provides opportunities for further questioning or the opportunity to request a more detailed report on a particular issue.

2.0 Background information

2.2 Members will recall at the July 2011 Area Committee, a revised title and format for this report was introduced based on proposed changes to the Leeds Initiative partnership and planning framework for the city in an effort to be more focused on current priorities.

3.0 Main Issues

3.1 Area Chairs Forum 3.1.1 The minutes of the meetings held on 25 th November 2013 and 20 th January 2014 are attached at Appendix 1A and 1B respectively . The minutes of the meeting held on 20 th January 2014 will be presented to a future Area Committee. The next Area Chairs Forum is on 2 nd May 2014.

4.0 Updates by theme: Children’s Services Lead Member: Cllr Robert Gettings

4.1 Children & Young People’s Working Group 4.1.1 The Children & Young People’s Working Group was put on hold pending the outcome of the Activities Fund Steering Group.

4.1.2 Following the development of the Activities Fund Steering Group it has been agreed to reactivate a programme of Children & Young People’s Working Group meetings. The last meeting took place on Thursday 27 th March and minutes will be presented to a future Area Committee.

5.0 Updates by Theme: Employment, Skills & Welfare Lead Member: Cllr Neil Dawson

5.1 South East Welfare Reform Working Group

5.1.1 The South East Welfare Reform Group continues to meet bringing partners together to develop joint working around this issue.

5.1.2 At the February meeting updates were received from partners on:

• High Cost Lending Action Plan • Fuel poverty – Winter Warmth, Green Deal, Wrap Up Leeds Eco • South Leeds Debt Forum

5.1.3 The minutes from the meeting held on the 11 th February 2014 are available on request .

Page 148 5.2 South East Leeds Debt Forum

5.2.1 The January meeting of the South Leeds Debt Forum was well attended drawing in partners from across the locality

5.2.2 Housing Leeds and Leeds Federated Housing gave an overview of the role of their respective financial inclusion teams. They provide targeted assistance to tenants around money management, budgeting and debt. Interventions were normally triggered by rent arrears.

5.2.3 Kirsty White, DWP, gave an update on the role of the new Social Justice Community Work team. A new team of 14 staff to will provide additional specialist support to people in receipt of DWP benefits. The clients they will support would have additional needs for example, debt problems, drug / alcohol dependency, ex- offenders or people at risk of becoming homeless.

5.2.4 Debt Forum Website – A brief was drawn up for a website to support the work of the debt forum. The website will include links to sources of help for people struggling with debt and showcase preventative measures that support people to better manage their money. A first draft will be presented to the next Debt Forum meeting.

5.2.5 Minutes of the Debt forum meeting are available on request. The next meeting of the South Leeds Debt Forum will take place at 10.00 am on 1 st April at St Georges Centre.

5.3 Financial Fitness Project 5.3.1 In July 2013 Area Committee approved wellbeing funding for a Financial Fitness Project to be delivered in Outer South. West Yorkshire Trading Standards will provide a detailed summary on the project at the June 2014 Area Committee.

6.0 Updates by theme: Environment & Community Safety Lead Member: Cllr Karen Bruce

Outer South Environmental Sub Group 6.1 The Outer South Environmental Sub Group met on Wednesday 5 th March 2013 at St Gabriel’s Community Centre and minutes are attached at Appendix 2. The next meeting is scheduled for 4.00 pm on Thursday 23 rd April 2014 at Rothwell One Stop Centre.

6.2 Community Safety

Partnership and priorities

6.2.1 The Safer Leeds Executive priorities for 2013/14 are as follows: • Strengthening the partnership approach to support a reduction in domestic abuse . • Continued focus on reducing domestic burglary and its impact across Leeds. • Effectively tackle and reduce ASB in our communities • Improve our understanding of and approach to deal with Child Sexual Exploitation • Reduce re-offending

Page 149 • Deal with increased use of legal highs and cannabis in the city

6.2.2 The South Leeds Community Safety and Environmental Partnership met on 28 th January 2014. The Partnership reviewed the action plan with a focus on new environmental priorities. The Partnership also agreed to progress actions to reduce the harm caused by substance misuse in communities. It also commenced a debate to prevent potential increases in crime in neighbourhoods.

6.2.3 Preventing violent extremism: a workshop was held during January to raise awareness of radicalisation. It was well attended by a range of services from across Inner and Outer South Leeds. Councillors have been invited to a workshop on 7 th March that will brief on the international, national and local situation in relation to counter terrorism and preventing violent extremism.

6.2.4 Child Sexual Exploitation: South Leeds Academy hosted an information session for parents of Year 7 pupils. The session included presentations from specialist services and an opportunity for parents to ask questions. The session will be reviewed at the next meeting of the South CSE Practitioner’s Forum. The forum is also in the process of arranging a Level one awareness briefing for services. Members will be invited to attend.

6.2.5 The Community Safety annual report is presented to the Area Committee elsewhere on this agenda.

7.0 Updates by theme: Health and Wellbeing Area Lead: Cllr Shirley Varley

South East Area Health and Wellbeing Partnership Forum

7.1 A workshop event took place on the 29 th January 2014 at the John Charles Centre for Sport and notes are attached at Appendix 3 . There was good representation from statutory sector, partners and the voluntary sector. Feedback has been really positive with all acknowledging the need for continued high quality conversations. There was a positive commitment and willingness from partners to engage with the wellbeing agenda locally. A number of suggestions were made by participants on the need for a future workshop to focus on mental wellbeing as something that would bring all agencies together and support addressing health inequalities agenda.

7.2 The annual Area Public Health report is included elsewhere on the agenda.

8.0 Updates by theme: Adult Social Care Area Lead: Cllr Karen Renshaw

8.2 International Day of Older People

8.2.1 In 2013 Outer South Area Committee commissioned Morley Elderly Action and Rothwell & District Live at Home Scheme to deliver events which took place on the annual International Day of Older People, 1 st October.

8.2.2 South East Area Support Team is working with partners to develop similar events that will take place in 2014.

Page 150

9.0 Integrated Locality working

9.1 Community Committees 9.1.1 As part of the Area Working Review, the council’s Executive Board received a paper in December 2013 on discussions held at the Area Committee Chair’s Forum to develop new principles to replace Area Committees with ‘Community Committees’ alongside a refreshed approach to community engagement.

9.1.2 This approach is intended to support greater resident involvement in decision making going forward and is part of the broader Citizens@Leeds approach that has been developed to ensure focus on inclusive, locally provided citizen-based services.

9.1.3 The four propositions underpinning this new Citizens@ Leeds approach are: • The need to provide accessible and integrated services ; • The need to help people out of financial hardship ; • The need to help people into work ; • The need to be responsive to needs of local communities .

9.1.4 Within this context Elected Members have been involved in a number of conversations on the future direction of Area Committees in the form of briefings and workshop sessions. This engagement with Members will continue, providing an update on progress and to ensure Members are given the opportunity to influence the format and priorities of the Community Committees.

9.1.5 Members are also asked to consider and agree on a place-based name for the new community committee, so that the new committees can be formally constituted at the council’s AGM on 9 June 2014. Having consulted with the Chair of the Area Committee the following suggestions have been made to stimulate discussion:

• Outer South Community Committee, with a tag line, supporting communities of Ardsley & Robin Hood, Morley & Rothwell • Community Committee for Outer South Leeds • Outer South Leeds Area Committee • Community Committee for South Leeds (Outer) • Community Committee for Ardsley & Robin Hood, Morley & Rothwell

9.1.6 Members are asked to consider and agree on a place based name for the new community committee.

9.2 Community Centres Sub Committee 9.2.1 The Community Centres Sub Committee last met on 5th February 2014 and minutes are attached at Appendix 4. The next meeting is scheduled for 10.00 am on 7th May at Morley Town Hall.

Morley North Children’s Centre 9.2.2 The children’s centre base at St Mary’s in the Wood URC is currently under review and exploratory talks have begun for this provision to be based in or around Morley Town Centre. Recent conversations are focusing on use of space in Morley Town Hall. Local Councillors are being consulted.

Page 151 9.3 Conservation Audits

9.3.1 Following a further round of public consultation that ran from January to March 2012, all consultation responses are being reviewed and considered and amendments made to the appraisal and proposed boundary as appropriate. The project was discussed at Planning Board on 29 November 2012. The appraisal and boundary review may also be considered by Executive Board. If approved, the revised boundary will be designated and the appraisal will be adopted as a material consideration in the planning process.

9.4 Strengthening Relationships between Town and Parish Councils

9.4.1 At the July 2013 Area Committee meeting Members agreed to establish a working group to agree options for strengthening links and report back to Area Committee. The first meeting of the group took place on 11th October 2013 and an Action Plan was developed and approved at the 2 nd December 2013 Area Committee.

9.4.2 The Working Group met again on 3 rd March 2014 to review and revise the Action Plan attached at Appendix 5 . It is envisaged that links with Town and Parish Councils will be further strengthened with the new Community Committees. It was agreed that one further meeting will take place in the Autumn of 2014.

9.4.3 The Area Leader attended Morley Town Council on 5 th March 2014 and Drighlington Parish Council on 17 th March 2014.

9.4.4 Members and local residents raised issues of concern and importance to the local area and explored how a community council approach might help in tackling these issues. Both Councils welcomed the engagement and accepted the offer to support the development of a community council approach.

9.4.5 Councillors were also supportive of an engagement plan that includes parish and town councils as an integral part of the local leadership in an area.

9.4.6 Attendance at Guildersome Parish Council is scheduled for Tuesday 3rd June 2014 and an update will be provided at a future Area Committee.

9.5 Outer South Area Committee Business Plan Priorities and Actions 2013-14

9.5.1 The completed 2013/14 Area Committee Business Plan Priorities and Actions is attached at Appendix 6 . The Plan includes priorities agreed by Area Committee in September 2013; Area Committee Lead Members elected in 2013; and a framework for community engagement.

9.5.2 The Plan details actions, programmes of work and projects delivered locally to address the identified priorities .

9.5.3 Area Committee is asked to sign off the business plan Priorities and Actions for 2013/14 and consider new priorities for 2014/15. Priorities will also be informed via the Elected Member Area Leads.

Page 152 9.6 Outer South Celebration Event

Community Heroes Event 9.6.1 Following the success of the Community Heroes event held at Blackburn Hall on 16 th April, Members agreed to support an event for 2014. Area Support team is working with partners to plan a similar event for 2014. Details are:

Event date: 18 th June 2014 Location: Morley Town Hall Timing: 6.00 pm – 9.00 pm

9.6.2 Invitations have been sent to partners and community groups and arrangements for the event are progressing. Area Committee will continue to receive updates.

9.6.3 Members are asked to

a) note the date in their diaries b) provide details of any groups they would like to invite to the event.

10 Localism 10.1 Community First Grants

10.1.1 Community First Grants are summarised at Appendix 7.

11.0 Corporate Considerations 11.1 Consultation and Engagement

11.1.1 Projects are developed to address priorities in the Area Committee Business Plan. The production of this plan is informed by Local Councillors and local residents. All projects developed are in consultation with Elected Members and local communities. Approval for any contribution from the Well being budget is received at the Area Committee.

11.2 Equality and Diversity / Cohesion and Integration

11.2.1 Community groups submitting a project proposal requesting funding from the Well being budget have an equal opportunities policy and as part of the application process, complete a section outlining which equality groups the project will work with and how equality and cohesion issues have been considered.

11.2.2 Internal and statutory partners are committed to equality and cohesion and all projects they are involved with will have considered these issues.

11.2.3 A light touch Equality Impact Assessments is carried out for all projects.

11.3 Council Policies and City Priorities

11.3.1 The projects outlined in this report contribute to targets and priorities set out in the following council policies:

• Vision For Leeds • Children and Young Peoples Plan

Page 153 • Health and Well being City Priority Plan • Safer and Stronger Communities Plan • Regeneration City Priority Plan

11.4 Resources and Value for Money

11.4.1 There are no resource implications as a result of this report.

11.5 Legal Implications, Access to Information and Call In

11.5.1 All decisions taken by the Area Committee in relation to the delegated functions from Executive Board are not eligible for Call In.

11.5.2 There are no key or major decisions being made that would be eligible for Call In.

11.5.3 There are no legal implications as a result of this report.

11.6 Risk Management

11.6.1 This report provides an update on work in the Outer South and therefore no risks are identifiable. Any projects funded through Wellbeing budget complete a section identifying risks and solutions as part of the application process.

12.0 Conclusions

12.1 The report provides up to date information on key areas of work for the Area Committee.

13.0 Recommendations

13.1 The Area Committee is asked to:

a) note the contents of the report and make comment as appropriate; b) agree to the Children & Families Sub Group and the delegation of the Youth Activities Fund; c) sign off the Business Plan Priorities & Actions for 2013/14 and consider new priorities for 2014/15 to be included for further consideration at the first meeting of the new municipal year d) consider and agree on a place based name for the new community committee.

Background documents 1 There are no background documents associated with this paper.

1 The background documents listed in this section are available for inspection on request for a period of four years following the date of the relevant meeting Accordingly this list does not include documents containing exempt or confidential information, or any published works Requests to inspect any background documents should be submitted to the report author.

Page 154 Area Chairs Forum Appendix 1A Monday 25 November 2013 Committee Room 1, Civic Hall

Attendance: Councillors: K. Bruce, C. Gruen, P. Gruen (CHAIR), S. Hamilton, J. Jarosz, A. Khan, A. McKenna, P. Wadsworth. Officers: J. Rogers, K. Kudelnitzky, R. Barke, S. Mahmood, S. Warbis.

Minutes: J. Sharp

Attending for specific items: Cllr L. Mulherin, Ian Cameron, Gary Bartlett, Sally Wimsett, Chief Superintendent Paul Money, Liz Jarmin

Item Description Action 1.0 Apologies

1.1 Cllr Javaid Akhtar, Cllr Angela Gabriel, Cllr Gerald Wilkinson, Jane Maxwell.

2.0 Minutes and Matters Arising

2.1 The minutes of the previous Area Chairs Forum meeting on 4 October 2013 were agreed as an accurate record.

2.2 3.12 of previous minutes - Highways Gary Bartlett, Chief Officer Highways & Transportation, was invited to the meeting and is on today’s agenda.

2.3 4.0 of previous minutes – Area Lead Members Cllr P. Wadsworth expressed concerns over potential duplication of roles, particularly where active sub groups were taking work forward. It was suggested that future meetings of lead members should be put in diaries for the full year.

2.4 5.7 + 5.11 of previous minutes - Communications Cllr P. Gruen noted that the idea behind changing the name / format of the Area Committees is to make them more accessible and meaningful to the public.

Cllr A. Khan raised the issue of press releases. James Rogers suggested revisiting the protocols in light of the new Area Lead Member roles. Cllr P. Gruen encouraged press releases from Area Chairs and Area Lead Members to highlight the activities of Area Committees.

2.5 7.1 of previous minutes – Health Cllr L. Mulherin and Ian Cameron were invited to the meeting and are on today’s agenda.

2.6 7.3 of the previous minutes – protocol for recording meetings Sarn Warbis emailed the draft protocol for recording Area Chairs committees to all Area Chairs. Comments were forwarded to Andy Hodson on 4 October 2013. It was pointed out that further guidance / regulation was likely to come from central government and that Leeds City Council will need to develop their own arrangements in light of this.

3.0 Public Health

3.1 Cllr L. Mulherin distributed copies of ‘Revised Proposals to Strengthen Area Health and Wellbeing Arrangements 2013-15’. This paper contains proposals to strengthen the Area Health and Wellbeing arrangements. Each Area Committee has identified a health lead; the three Area Support teams have an area Public Health team working closely with them.

Page 1 of 5 Page 155 3.2 Cllr P. Gruen asked what the key issues were. Cllr L. Mulherin mentioned the Joint Health and Wellbeing Strategy. Key commitments are: longer and healthier lives (i.e. address lifestyle via a reduction of smoking, a reduction of alcohol consumption and increasing exercise; mental health and wellbeing; health related aspects of healthy and sustainable communities).

There is also a desire to work more closely with Children’s Centres which currently fall outside the NHS health remit and also to support older people to live independently.

3.3 The health agenda links closely with other agendas such as tackling poverty and worklessness and there needs to be coordination across agendas and links between the different boards and themed partnership arrangements.

3.4 Different arrangements exist in different areas to meet local needs. This is a sensible approach but there needs to be sharing of successes and good practice between the areas.

3.5 Ian Cameron noted that there needs to be a contribution made towards city priorities at an area level and to align local issues. The Area Lead Members will be crucial to provide feedback on the impact of initiatives at a local level.

3.6 Cllr L. Mulherin said it was important to forge effective working partnerships between the council, NHS, other partners and the third sector. Cllr L. Mulherin asked for examples of where collaboration is not working well, to be reported back to her.

3.7 Cllr A. McKenna mentioned an audit of GP practices in East Outer Area Committee and frank discussions were taking place over local issues. Because the role of the Area Lead Member for Health covers such a wide scope, in East Outer they are concentrating on one or two key issues at a time and will move on to other areas in turn.

3.8 Cllr C. Gruen said that a working group has been set up in West Inner which involves GPs, other health professionals and youth workers, to try explore local connections and determine shared local priorities.

3.9 Rory Barke mentioned work in East to co-produce facilities with GPs and the third sector. They are also investigating a possible centre for excellence in East Leeds. There is also work to encourage people with coughs to go for a health check-up at Seacroft Hospital.

3.10 Cllr P. Gruen asked Ian Cameron if there might be any funding to support the Area Support teams. Ian Cameron mentioned that the majority of local funding is towards commissioned services and there is still some uncertainty over the role of the local authority relating to this. Commissioning options will be looked at and Area Committees should have some role in this in the future.

3.11 Cllr L. Mulherin noted that a lot of work is commissioned via the third sector and that there might be an opportunity for Area Lead members to review the success of current contracts to inform future decisions. Rory Barke added that investing in the third sector is an important part of building effective neighbourhoods and that local Cllrs have a contribution to make with this agenda.

4.0 Highways

4.1 A briefing note was distributed with the meeting papers: ‘Highways Local Road Maintenance Programme’. Gary Bartlett explained that the purpose of the paper is to outline the process of consultation for the highway maintenance local road programme for 2014/15 (and beyond) and to ensure that the delivery of the programme during 2014 is aligned to local needs.

Page 2 of 5 Page 156 4.2 Gary Bartlett explained that Highways assigns a three-year programme of road maintenance. He explained that it is difficult to plan beyond three years because the maintenance priority of roads will change during this period, i.e. a road not on the three year plan might become high priority by the end of that period due to general deterioration and /or the weather. Maintenance teams will carry out a visual / technical examination and road maintenance is listed by priority need. There is, however, flexibility for members to change the order / priority of repairs and their input is sought each year on this basis

4.3 Cllr P. Wadsworth questioned the strategy for kerbs when roads are repaired. He feels that good kerbs are often removed unnecessarily. Also members need more information on when remedial work will be completed to be able to keep residents up to date.

4.4 There was a discussion about potholes. Cllr P. Gruen felt that the general public perception was that potholes are repaired inadequately. Gary Bartlett said that budget restrictions limit the scope of some repairs and that some maintenance work is carried out to tackle immediate issues and not long term solutions. Dangerous potholes are given a temporary fix within 24 hours of being reported. More permanent repairs can mean work taking place on much larger areas of road and therefore need to be planned.

4.5 Cllr A. Khan expressed concerns that not enough consultation appears to take place, regarding the road maintenance lists that are sent to Cllrs.

4.6 Both Cllr C. Gruen and Cllr S. Hamilton expressed concerns at the length of time it takes to get a response when issues are raised. Sometimes, there is no response at all. Gary Bartlett said that the performance indicators for his teams’ response times to correspondence are 90% to 100% so he wants to get to the bottom of why these figures do not seem to be reflective of the experiences of members at the meeting. Gary Bartlett asked members to provide him with names of officers / areas in Highways Services where Area Chairs response times are slow.

4.7 Cllr P Gruen feels there is a disconnection between the local agenda and the strategic agenda, e.g. resident parking schemes which residents appear to prioritise but for which there is no central budget. Gary Bartlett explained the limited traffic budgets that are available for this type of work which in recent years has been threatened with removal altogether, until it was pointed out this was the only source of funding to pursue locally important traffic schemes. Demand for this type of work far outstrips the funding available.

4.8 Members reported that it appeared that the Highways Service was unwilling to engage with members. Gary Bartlett explained that this clearly was not the case and that work is currently taking place with Cllr Taylor and Cllr Lewis about the perception of the service and how best to improve this. Senior staff are available for joint site visits and/or meetings to discuss local issues and priorities if that would be helpful to members.

4.9 There was a general consensus from Area Chairs that Area Committees need to be more involved, local knowledge needs to be utilised and that Cllrs need to be consulted earlier.

4.10 Members also mentioned that decisions need to be taken that will future-proof new estates that are being built to prevent the Council funding works at a later date. Gary Bartlett explained that his Transport Development Services team sought to secure appropriate levels of funding from developers but there was increasing tension and pressures to securing funding and allowing development to take place. Members were not aware of any pressures that had come through planning panels on such matters.

Page 3 of 5 Page 157 4.11 It was agreed that Gary Bartlett would attend a future meeting with Cllr P. Gruen and Area Leaders and that he would return to a future Area Chairs Gary meeting to provide a further update. Bartlett

5.0 A New Approach To Locality Working

5.1 A report was distributed with the meeting papers: ‘Developing a new approach to locality working’. Sally Wimsett provided an overview of the report and explained that it is linked to the report going to Executive Board next month on approaches to tackling issues of poverty and deprivation in Leeds.

5.2 A discussion took place about the naming of what will replace the Area Committees. Even though ‘Community Council’ was generally endorsed, it was acknowledged that there may be issues with this term as it already has a formal definition relating to Parish and Town Councils. The title of “community Committees” is currently being considered. Full Council will ultimately make a decision on the name but the public and others will have a chance to make recommendations.

5.3 There was discussion about the timing and content of future Area Committee meetings. There is a proposal to reduce the number of formal meetings to 4 per year and to consider theming the meetings around specific issues or areas of work. Community engagement is more successful at a neighbourhood level and a variety of “community conversation” events will be scheduled at a neighbourhood level.

5.4 James Rogers felt that the new format Area Committee meetings will not necessarily be the main forum for community consultation. He suggested that each Area Committee should create an engagement plan with community consultation events arranged through the course of the year. He suggested an overall city-wide brand with a local element, i.e. Citizens@Garforth; Citizens@Bramley; etc. The brand would need to have a strong visual / photographic element to it.

5.5 Principles, based on discussions with Area Chairs, will be taken to Executive Board in December with further consultations taking place in the new year.

5.6 It was felt that if there was to be a reduction in the number of formal meetings, these would need to be planned and scheduled in advance to ensure agendas were split evenly across the year, and to enable themed discussions to be planned.

5.7 Other considerations discussed included: reducing the level of bureaucracy; a consistent use of language; adding decision bullet points to papers; inviting the appropriate officers to meetings; clear recommendations in reports; balancing Area Officer time in supporting meetings and carrying out work on the ground; clarifying the logistics of where any sub-groups report to.

5.8 It was felt that recommendations relating to the new name, branding and frequency of meetings should have support from all 10 Area Chairs to ensure that a consistent view is taken for wider consultation.

6.0 Leeds Police Changes

6.1 Chief Superintendent Paul Money attended with Liz Jarmin, and gave a presentation on ‘Leeds District Proposed Neighbourhood Management Operating Model’. Copies of the presentation were also distributed at the meeting.

6.2 The main focus of the presentation related to Leeds moving from three police divisions to one. The drivers for this change are to: improve force performance; increase public trust and confidence which has decreased in the last twelve months; provide clearer service delivery and accountability particularly in relation to standards; introduce new operating structures Page 4 of 5 Page 158 underpinned by improved partnership working; change cultures by embedding a shared ambition; deliver financial efficiencies by making savings of £70m in West Yorkshire across three years.

6.3 A key element of the changes are about making resources much more responsive by changing how officers work and where they work from, i.e. basing officers in the heart of the community, perhaps in other community buildings such as council offices / libraries / etc.

A key factor is to change the police force from being a very reactive organisation to one that is proactive and deals with the issues of crime instead of the aftermath of crime. Examples of this flexible working will include: changes to working patterns of 999 call centre staff; more resources being provided to city centres on Friday and Saturday night; city centre staff perhaps being allocated to outer areas on quieter mid-week days.

6.4 There was reassurance given that there would be no reduction in front line policing. There would be streamlined leadership with links strengthened between the police and services such as Children’s Services. There will be 11 Safer Neighbourhood Areas. One covering the city centre and 10 matching the Area Committee geography.

6.5 Closer links with Area Committees can be established through inspector led teams and Area Committees can have a role in providing leadership and accountability at the local level. Area Committees will also be able to work together with the police to improve performance at a local level.

6.6 Three locality areas will be established which will provide clear links with ASB teams, families first and locality working Area Teams.

6.7 There was a general discussion about possible plans / changes for current police stations and other locations police officers could work from. This also included discussions of government proposals for tri-service venues where the police, fire and ambulance services operate from the same building. Currently, there are no set plans.

6.8 A needs and demands based analysis of every ward has taken place and data is now being analysed. Partnership asset mapping is taking place. Consultation with Area Committee Chairs and Community Safety Area Lead Members is taking place during November and December and consultation with the ten Area Committees will take place through the Locality Chief Inspectors during January 2014.

7.0 Any Other Business

7.1 Rory Barke passed on some information via Cllr G. Wilkinson. He noted that Environmental Services and Parks & Countryside had pulled out of an Area Committee meeting with an environmental theme. There has also been a withdrawal of a bi-annual report to the Area Committee. There was a suggestion to introduce an SLA to counter this in the future.

7.2 Jonathan Sharp will be replacing Sarn Warbis as facilitator of future Area Chairs Forums.

8.0 Date of Next Meeting

8.1 Monday 20 January 2014, 1.30pm to 3.30pm, Committee Room 1, Civic Hall

Page 5 of 5 Page 159 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 160 Appendix 1 B

Area Chairs Forum Monday 20 January 2014 Committee Room 1, Civic Hall

Attendance: Councillors: J Akhtar, K Bruce, C Gruen, P Gruen (CHAIR), S Hamilton, A Khan, A McKenna, P Wadsworth, G Wilkinson. Officers: R Barke, S Mahmood, J Maxwell, J Rodgers.

Minutes: J Sharp

Attending for specific items: Phil Crabtree, Bridget Emery, Andy Hodson, James Nundy, Sally Wimsett

Item Description Action

1.0 Apologies

1.1 Cllr Angela Gabriel, Cllr Josephine Jarosz, Kathy Kudelnitzky.

2.0 Minutes and Matters Arising

2.1 The minutes of the previous Area Chairs Forum meeting on 25 November 2013 were agreed as an accurate record.

2.2 2.2 of previous minutes - Highways Cllr P Gruen mentioned conversations with Gary Bartlett, Chief Officer Highways & Transportation. Gary confirmed that he is happy to feedback to the Area Chairs either as a group or individually. Cllr C Gruen said she was meeting with Gary on Friday 24 January 2014.

2.3 5.3 of previous minutes – A New Approach to Locality Working Cllr S Hamilton asked whether any decisions had been made, re the number of meetings of the ‘Community Committees’. Cllr P Gruen said that a final decision would probably not take place until April / May 2014 but the proposal is to have four business meetings and any number of themed minutes.

3.0 Protocol for Third Party Recording of Committee, Board and Panel Meetings

3.1 The following papers were available at the meeting: ‘Protocol for Third Party Recording of Committees, Board and Panels Meetings’ (report to Area Committee Chairs 20 January 2014); Appendix 1.

3.2 Amendments have recently been agreed to the Local Public Audit and Accountability Bill and the likelihood is that the Secretary of State will publish Regulations that will allow third party recording of committee, board and panel meetings in the very near future. Members were asked to consider the content of the above report and provide observations that they might wish General Purposes Committee to take into account.

3.3 Cllr S Hamilton expressed some concerns about the public recording and manipulating images. She wondered whether it might be preferable for the council to do the recording and to distribute it. The public will still be allowed to record meetings even if the council does

Page 161 its own.

3.4 Cllr G Wilkinson expressed concerns about decisions being recorded. Andy explained that we can refuse the recording of any private / sensitive parts of meetings.

3.5 Cllr P Gruen asked if the phrase ‘member training’ could be re-worded Andy in the report. Hodson

4.0 Domestic Violence

4.1 The following papers were available at the meeting: ‘Domestic Abuse’ briefing note (Area Chairs Forum 20 January 2014); ‘Domestic Abuse in Leeds Overview Report’ (September 2013); ‘Leeds Domestic Violence Strategy and Action Plan 2013-15’ (version V9 17/12/2013).

4.2 Cllr Gruen introduced this item by explaining that burglary rates had been greatly reduced via similar intensive cross-partnership working.

4.3 Bridget summarised the contents of the report. She explained that the Safer Leeds Executive has identified domestic abuse as a key priority for the city and all the major partners in the city have agreed an approach around four key outcomes as a way of tackling this crime. Members’ views on the partnership approach were sought.

4.4 Cllr J Akhtar said it is important to ensure that NHS / health professionals are culturally sensitive and not to contact social services or raise safe-guarding issues unnecessarily. Bridget was confident that the Safeguarding Hub could address these issues.

4.5 Cllr A Khan expressed concerns that East Leeds appears to have the highest percentage of reported domestic violence and enquired what plans were in the place to address this. Bridget said caution was required with some of the stats. There is a correlation between deprivation and domestic violence but only in the sense that more affluent communities are more likely to have the means to find alternatives to reporting to the Police, e.g. having the financial means to find alternative accommodation.

4.6 Bridget mentioned that drugs and alcohol services are currently being re-commissioned and domestic violence should be considered during the commissioning process.

4.7 Bridget added that a communication plan was required to raise awareness across the city. This would need to be tweaked to appropriately fit different parts of the city.

4.8 Cllr P Gruen suggested that a discussion paper went to each of the Bridget Area Committees. He also suggested that a list of key contacts is Emery added to the paper.

5.0 Community Committees branding / consultation

5.1 The following paper was available at the meeting: ‘Community committee engagement activities’. Sally also distributed examples of the branding / publicity.

Page 162 5.2 Sally explained that the aim of developing new branding is to indicate both internally and externally that the council is strengthening the way it engages with its residents, not just through area / community committees but across our whole spectrum of citizen engagement.

The branding is designed to create a link between Leeds City Council and local communities by providing an ‘umbrella’ identity for use on ‘community committee’ reports and any Citizens@Leeds events, activities or meetings.

To achieve this, the design team created a new identity signalling the new approach whilst clearly associating with the council through the use of the council crest and corporate colours of blue and gold.

The examples shown on the visuals include: flyers and posters (e.g. consultation event); committee report covers; newsletter; signage for the community hubs; social media accounts.

5.3 Audience groups to engage with include: citizens and residents; key partners (e.g. clinical groups; clusters; leadership team; Police; NHS; third sector).

5.4 Sally said that she also wished to consult with members via: Labour group meeting (10/02/14); other political group meetings; workshops for Area Committees.

5.5 Sally intends to present a pilot pack of branded committee papers (tailored to the design principles, which have gone to Exec Board) for comments. These will be tested with (amongst others): various services; Area Support; the six DMTs.

5.6 There needs to be a discussion about what will replace the former Area Committee names, e.g. Outer North West, etc.

5.7 Cllr P Gruen said it was important that the Area Chairs champion these changes.

5.8 There was a general discussion about making sure the local branding (e.g. Citizens @ Armley) does not obscure the one-council approach. There was some concern about confusion from the public differentiating between the council, Area Support and Area Chairs.

5.9 Cllr P Gruen suggested issuing press releases after meetings: the meetings should have something important to discuss.

5.10 There was a discussion about resources for updating any possible use of social media / websites / twitter accounts / etc. This might require additional resources.

6.0 Older Person’s Event Week in Outer East

6.1 The following papers were available at the meeting: ‘Older Person’s Event Week in Outer East’ (presentation to Area Chairs 20 Jan 2014); Appendix 1. James presented the above paper, which is a program intended to engage with older residents with an intergenerational aspect.

Page 163 6.2 Cllr McKenna said she will be taking the presentation to the next Health & Wellbeing Lead Members meeting.

6.3 Cllr McKenna added that luncheon clubs are being investigated as a way to engage with older residents. 1,400 winter packs are being distributed to vulnerable older people in her ward.

7.0 Community Infrastructure Levy / Neighbourhood Planning

7.1 This was not discussed but Phil previously discussed this at the Area Leader’s meeting (14 January 2014). Minutes of this are available.

8.0 Any Other Business

8.1 James noted that the initial budget proposals include a £200k reduction in the 2014/15 Well-being budget. James noted that a decision has not yet been taken on how this reduction would be applied to individual area committees, but commented that one way would be to simply retain the existing formula to distribute the revised gross budget (e.g. 50% population / 50% deprivation) as opposed to a direct £20k reduction for each area or a proportionate reduction against underspends. Those chairs present felt the formula approach was the fairest way of distributing the revised budget.

8.2 Jonathan Sharp has replaced Sarn Warbis as facilitator of future Area Chairs Forums.

9.0 Date of Next Meeting

9.1 The next planned meeting was originally 7 March 2014 but has been changed to Friday 28 February, 10am to 12pm, Committee Room 3, Civic Hall.

Page 164 Appendix 2 Outer South Environmental Sub Group Wednesday, 5 th March 2014 St Gabriel’s Community Centre

MINUTES

Present: Cllr Karen Bruce (Chair) Ward Member Cllr Renshaw Ward Members Mark Gray Leeds Housing Tom Smith Locality Team Bob Buckenham Public Rights of Way Andy Milnes Waste Management Aretha Hanson Area Support Team Moira Burke Area Support Team Clare Poolman Strategy and Improvement

ACTION 1 Introduction and apologies 1.1 Everyone was welcomed and introductions were made. 1.2 Apologies received

2 Matters arising and minutes of the last meeting ( 25 th November 2013) 2.1 There were no matters arising. 2.2 The minutes were agreed as an accurate record.

3.0 Locality Service Performance and delivering of SLA 4 priorities • TS presented the proposed Environmental Services and Development of the 2014/15 Service Level Agree report due to be presented to Outer South Area Committee on Monday 31 st March 2014 (attached).

4.0 Waste Management • Andy Milnes attended the meeting and provided an update regarding waste collections in the Outer South Area.

• The alternative bin collections have been running for about 12 months and is working well. Cost savings have been achieved by moving to this way of working and there has been an increase in recycling .

• The food waste collections pilot that has been running in the Rothwell area has been successful.

• Brown Bin collections will commence on Monday, 3 rd March AM 2014

Action: AM to email the link to members for information around bin collection dates Page 1 of 5

Page 165

• There are some queries around bin collections on communal sites that are not LCC owned. Meetings are taking place with Landowners/landlords to try and get this sorted.

• Members asked if a bottlebank can be moved. AM

Action: AM to speak with David Bailey to see if this would be possible

• There is a new electronic system that is being put in place where front and back office staff can communicate more effectively around refuse collections. Trial to start running in May 2014

• Members raised a query regarding collections on new builds. AM mentioned that once they are made aware that new builds are been built in an area, route sites are automatically updated with the information to so that bins can be start to be collected at the right time.

• Action: AM to forward information to members re waste AM management

5.0 Locality Team Streets Review Tom Smith updated members on the proposed Zonal team structure.

TS updated members on where they are with the restructure. Main points: • This method of service delivery will provide teams of multi- skilled operators who will be able to set priorities and identify the needs and respond on a daily basis • There will be a permanent team based in each area so they will know the area, know where the hotspots are and will be able to respond accordingly. • Environmental Services will take on more of the responsibilities from Housing Leeds around gardens/ginnels/land • There will be additional resources so this will create a better impact • There is to be a significant change to Job Descriptions so talks are in place with Trade unions • June/July is the deadline to get the new ways of working agreed

A proposal to go forward for ward based workshops sessions to take place in April to cover two main issues • Review SLA priority areas • Consult on proposals for resources in each zonal area based on an analysis of need Page 2 of 5

Page 166

• The outcomes from the sessions will then be taken to the Environmental Sub Group meetings for approval

• Further concerns were raised around fly-tipping and dog fouling

• There is a pilot scheme to take place in the Outer East area ‘Dog Watch Scheme’. The scheme is to get residents to report any dog fouling they may see taking place. If this scheme works it will be rolled out in other areas.

• TS mentioned that the Environmental Service run a seven TS day service for fly-tipping issues

• Action: weekend telephone number to be forwarded to members

• Litterbins – there is no mapping of litterbins of where they are but litterbins can be moved on request

• Action: members to let TS know if they would like specific bins to be moved

6.0 Parks and Countryside 6.1 BB gave members a brief update • Gelderd Road Allotments – fencing to be installed in summer 2014 • A Frames on Morley FPs 27 & 40 provisionally programmed for installation in April 2014 following S. 106 funding approval of just over £4k. • A Frames on Morley FP105 – bid to made for approximately £1.5 k • The Morley Footpath 37 Public Path Diversion Order has been made and confirmed – FP open. Morley 97 RW crossing PPEO approved. Other FP measures being looked at for safety. • Mill Lane, Gildersome Local Public Inquiry: 26/11/13 - Modification Order and Public Path Diversion Order - decisions awaited. • Fall Lane / Lingwell Gate Lane (Morley / Rothwell) – the planting of the orchard has been delayed due t o bad weather. The whips / saplings are still at Redhall and will be planted in late 2014. Springhead Park Café – LG/BB • P&C have agreed to provide £50k for refurbishment. • CPM are to spend £30k on the new roof. • Scaffolding to go up on Monday, 10 th March). • The lease has not been signed as yet but is imminent.

Page 3 of 5

Page 167

• Action: Linda Gunn to write to Cllrs in approximately 3 weeks with an update. • Action: BB to share the refurbishments plans with the members of the Environmental Sub Group

• Works are planned to take place soon at Woodlesford Lock BB for the Leeds Flood Alleviation scheme and there will be a temporary diversion of the Trans Pennine Trail south of works over the next few months too. • Action: BB to update the members on whether the trees will be replaced within the area • Swithens Fm (off Royds Ln south Rothwell)- enforcement issues relating to materials dumped, fencing etc on Rothwell Paths 31, 34 and 64 being investigated by PROW. There was a site meeting that took place on the 19th February with Cllr Mulherin to look at the public paths in the area and the Rothwell Greenway with local residents where these routes run by the Hopefield Estate. • issues raised around the Greenways re littering and Fly Tipping and to look at ways to prevent it being churned up by farm machinery - referred the issue of the condition of the Greenway to my colleagues in Parks Area East and I have enquired as to rights of the local farmer to use this route for vehicular to access fields. • Jane Stone also attended who is to look at dog bins and littering issues. • Improvements to steps on Rothwell Path 14 to be considered as well as other enforcement issues (barbed wire on Rothwell 14 & use of Matty Lane (Public Footpath Rothwell 72) by the local farmer to access fields to the north from Leadwell Lane opposite Westfield Road and whether or not the farmer has a private right to use the public footpath. • Vicky Nunns is working with Cllr Bruce at Wood Lane Rec.- looking at funding • Vicky Nunns is also working with Cllrs Renshaw, Dunn and Mulherin on various projects. South Leeds project work being undertaken by Natural Habitats Service • TCV have commenced fencing at Spring Lane Sidings for the boundary to the community orchard that’s going in this season, They’re also fencing off habitat exclusion and water safety zones around the leachate ponds

PROW Update • Ginnels – looking to commence next area of 20% condition survey covering Morley and Rothwell later in 2014.

7.0 Housing Leeds Update 7.1 Mark Gray attended the meeting to give members a verbal update. Page 4 of 5

Page 168

Main points : • New restructure to be in place by July 2014 • Environmental Services will then run in tandom and move across to the Locality Teams • Work is on-going to clear any backlogs before the service is handed over • Meetings are scheduled to speak with caretaking and locality staff about the shaping of the new service • New bin delivers- these can be delivered in 10 days this is due to the time the order is placed as LCC do not keep bins in stock 8.0 Any other business None

9.0 Next meeting Wednesday, 23 rd April – Rothwell One Stop Centrre MB

10.0 Forward plan Wednesday, 24 September 2014 at 4pm – venue tbc Wednesday, 26 November 2014 at 4pm – venue tbc

Page 5 of 5

Page 169 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 170 Appendix 3 Notes of South East Area Health and Wellbeing Partnership Forum 29 th January 2014

Attendees: Cllr Paul Truswell (Chair) ; Cllr Shirley Varley; Dr Dave Mitchell; Gerry Shevlin; Hanif Malik; Hilary Philpott; Jane Hopkins; Joanne Loft; Katy Ashworth; Marissa Carroll; Martin Hackett; Matthew Walker; Najeen Rasool; Pat McGeever; Pip Goff; Shaid Mahmood; Tom O'Donovan; Toshal Bhatia; Victoria Eaton; Zaheda Khanam; Mindy Grewal; Mark Ireland; Julianne Tate; Joanne Davis; Dr Tom Gibbs; Alia Nessa; Bash Uppal and Aneesa Anwar.

1. Welcome and Introduction - Cllr Paul Truswell

Cllr Truswell welcomed all to the first forum meeting. Highlighted changes to the arrangements to support us to work better together.

Background information was provided on tables which included: copies of Joint Health and Wellbeing Strategy; terms of reference of the forum and its executive core group; hand outs of all the presentations.

2. Workshop 1 - share your experiences / involvement / contribution to undertaking health and wellbeing work in the SE area.

Feedback: Third sector working differently. Peer support to ensure people live longer in their own home. Doing more for less, more shared working with third sector and local authority.

3. Successes of the SE area health and wellbeing partnership - Dr Dave Mitchell

Dave gave an overview on the successes of the South East Area Health & Wellbeing Partnership which he chaired. Examples of activity undertaken included: • Wellbeing Portal – a one stop site for information on services; • MARS – simple referral pathway to access prevention services; • Alcohol programmes including south Leeds licensing framework to place additional restriction measures such as no signage outside, no offers, no quantity sales, limited sales times etc; • Lifestyle behaviour programmes – new approaches to tackling obesity, smoking etc; • Capacity building work aimed at both communities such as volunteering and workforce on sharing health agenda. (See full presentation with notes – attached).

4. Health Inequalities – the challenge for SE Leeds Victoria Eaton

Victoria gave an overview of the needs of the South and East population in Leeds outlining the main challenges on health inequalities. Leeds observatory cited as a good website to get information (see attached presentation).

Page 171 Appendix 3 5. SE CCG – summary outline of Strategic Plan Hilary Philpott

Hilary provided an update on the CCGs strategic aims and their priorities in the CCG 5 year plan. The quote HWB on the slides links with the Joint Health & Wellbeing Strategy. Making an impact is a key aim. (See presentation attached).

6. SE Third Sector Leeds – Addressing Health Inequalities Pat McGeever and Pip Goff

Pipp and Pat provided an overview of work being taken forward by the voluntary sector. Highlighted VCFS role is to help people survive; ensuring people have a reason to live; capturing emerging needs etc. Welcome co-design approach that is now being progressed with commissioners. (See presentation attached).

Action: Aneesa to send electronic copies of all presentations with the notes for further information.

7. Question Time

Cllr Varley commented on housing overcrowding issues. Planning need to include the impact it has on health. Cllr Truswell confirmed Local authorities duty of ‘wellbeing’ not included in planning.

Tom O’Donovan outlined need for synchronising conversations on commissioning – NIBs good vehicle for conversations.

Hanif from Hamara – asked about CCG and 3 rd sector relationship – how can this be strengthened? There is a good link through the patient assurance group.

Shaid – comment on need for ‘shared sense of purpose’.

8. Workshop 2

Bash introduced the workshop – All told to reflect on presentations and then determine future priorities that the forum could look to progress.

Suggestions for future forums were mainly to focus on one or two key topics from the joint health and wellbeing strategy that would help aid collective conversations and support addressing health inequalities in SE Leeds.

9. Evaluation and Close

All were asked to say what went well; what could be improved; suggestions for future forum sessions.

Future forum events to be held quarterly – schedule to be put together.

Page 172 Outer South Community Centres Sub Committee Meeting Appendix 4

Wednesday, 5 th February 2014

Windmill Youth Community Centre

Notes

PRESENT: Cllr Lisa Mulherin (Chair) Cllr Elliott (JE), Cllr Nagle (DN) Officers: Sharon Smith(SS), Malcolm Fisher (MF), Jonathan Sharp (JS), Moira Burke (MB), Emma Bedford (EB) APOLOGIES: Cllr Gettings, Sarn Warbis (SW), Carl Sawyer (CS),

1.0 Welcome & Apologies ACTION 1.1 Councillor Mulherin welcomed everyone to the meeting and introductions where made. 1.2 MB gave apologies for Cllr Gettings, Sarn Warbis and Carl Sawyer.

2.0 Minutes of the last meeting Minutes of the last meeting held on 6th November 2013 were agreed as a correct record

2.1 Matters arising 5.1 Members asked that it be noted that they were unhappy that Les MB Reed did not attend this month’s meeting and asked that he be invited to the next meeting Action: MB to invite Les Reed to next meeting to give an update on the Alcohol Licensing of Community Centre’s 6.1 Tingley Youth and Community Centre - Internet Access SS mentioned that they are still on track for March 2014

3.0 Pricing and Lettings Po licy 3.1 JS circulated a briefing note to members updating them on the review that is taking place on the Pricing and Lettings Policy and also gave a brief update on the Former ALMOs Centre’s. (see attached)

Main points Paper to be taken to Resources and Council Services Scrutiny Board on 24 th Feb to propose the remit for consultation with members To look at implement new arrangements by 1 st September, after the consultation To simplify the pricing structure and revisit the lettings process To move to a three point pricing policy To look at separate pricing policy for Blackburn Hall, Morley Town Hall, and Yeadon Town Hall JS To look at an online booking system and investigate direct payment collection at the point of booking Information to be compiled of the current volume of lettings per building MB and the percentage of bookings that are subsidised

Currently there are 65 Community Centres in Citizens and Communities portfolio, 20 of which are leased. Members asked if they could be provided with details of the Centre’s within Morley.

Action: JS to provide members with the number of Centre’s within the JS Morley Area

Page 173

Action: JS to email members an update on the ALMO Centre’s JS

Action: JS to email members the Letting Forms that are in place at the JS moment

Action: Lettings forms and Policy to be place on the 7 th May Agenda JS

Action: MB to go through previous Community Center Sub Committee minutes to find out when the Lettings Forms were first raised at the MB meetings.

4.0 Outer South Community Centre Work Plan 4.1 The work plan was reviewed (see attached updated workplan).

Action: to be updated and circulated for comments MB

5.0 Any other business 5.1 The webbing on the seats within the MTH Council Chambers is in desperate need of repair.

Action: SS to get in touch with maintenance to look at chairs and get SS quotes for repairs. 5.2 Councilor Elliott asked if the large display cabinet that is on the top of the stairs at Morley Town Hall could be moved out as soon as possible.

Action: SS to look in to and arrange. SS 5.3 SS mentioned that she will be no managing the Outer South Area Community Centre’s; Matthew Lister will be taking over her position starting on the 17 th February.

Action: Matthew Lister to be invited to all future Outer South Community MB Centre Sub Committee meetings 5.4 Councilor Mulherin gave thanks to Sharon for all her hard work. 5.5 A verbal update was given on the St Gabriel’s Community Centre report that will be going forward to the March Area Committee.

Action: draft report to be forwarded to Elected Members

6.0 Time and date of next meeting 6.1 10:00am Wednesday, 7th May 2014 – Morley Town Hall

Action : venue to be arranged and booked MB

6.2 Dates of future meetings Wednesday, 5 th November 2014 at 10:00 am – 11:30 am All to note

Page 174 Outer South Community Centres Sub Committee: Appendix 4A Work Programme

Chair: Cllr Bob Gettings

Members: Cllr Judith Elliott(Morley South), Cllr Lisa Mulherin ( Ardsley & Robin hood), Cllr David Nagle( Rothwell), Sarn Warbis (Citizens and Communities), Jonathan Sharp (Citizens and Communities), Carl Sawyer (Facilities Management), Sharon Smith(Facilities Management), Malcolm Fisher (Corporate Property Management), Moira Burke(Area Support Team), Aretha Hanson(Area Support Team)

Strategic Target Facilities Action/Issues Comments Progress since the meeting Action Owner Contributing Officers Due Date To ensure the Dighlington Hall pulling together the assets across the area Drighlington Meeting Hall comes under Sharon Smith (SS) completed community centres take bookings for the meeting room - under which Citizens and Communities portfolio is operating portfolio effectively Library Now under Citizens and Communities and is ran by Library is ran by Friends of Drighlington the friends off Driglington Report to go to Area Committee in March 2014

Maintenance and Blackburn Hall Ladies toilets (new flooring) could do wth being updated, the original lino is still in Toilets have been checked the lino is Malcolm Fisher (MF) 7th May 2014 management issues evidence noted that the gentlemens toilets have been dated but is not damaged or worn. The updated mens' toilets where updated about - Members requested an estimate for new flooring at 18mnths ago but there was not enough the last Sub Committee meeting budget to do the ladies.

Page 175 - take out partitions and wcs etc 1 x plumber half day. Cllr Mulherin asked for a quote to see 1 x joiner hald day £300 how much it would cost to replace the - Vinyl approx, cost £4 5m2 say 12m2 max toilets lino £540 plus covering £150 MICE Money to be checked to see how replace items £300 if any is available It was suggested that maybe MICE money could be no Area Panel Money available this year used to replace the lino in the ladies toilets - to look at in the new financial yr 14/15

Chairs need to be replaced due to a visitor falling of a chair all of the eight year 150 plastic chairs still in situ. Price Sarn Warbis (SW) completed Nov 2013 old padded chairs have been removed being sought for additional 150 stacking Remaining seating is old hard plastic chairs chairs. Minimum cost identified £3,000 chairs have been ordered and will be Events taking place on 6/7 December suitable chairs delivered next Tuesday - SW/JS to keep need to be in place SS informed chairs now delivered

New tables required new tables are required Sarn to look in to and update Sarn Warbis (SW) 7th May 2014 tables are being looked in to Outer South Community Centres Sub Committee: Appendix 4A Work Programme

Strategic Target Facilities Action/Issues Comments Progress since the meeting Action Owner Contributing Officers Due Date Leaking Roof and Plastering roof leaked and damaged the plasterwork above the Caretaker to notify SS when the CPM 7th May 2014 Issue raised via email dated 6 January ramp, the guttering was repaired. Then the decorating has been carried out. 2014 plasterwork was repaired. When it was identified the plasterwork was not drying out further work was SS to update at the next meeting carried out. MF visited the site to look at the site, the The plasterwork has now dried out and is ready for high level of damage has been repaired decorating - Les Reed has informed Cllr Golton and will be decorated shortly, there is CPM to carry out the decorating as soon as water damamge to the plasterwork at lower level around the handrail. George Hartley confirmed that an order has been raised for the wall to be decorated and he will chase up and then liase with caretaker as to when access can be obtained to carry out the work

Churwell Update on lease Lease still being progressed by legal team. lease is being progressed - ongoing Sarn Warbis (SW) 7th May 2014 Community No update Churwell Community Association have Centre (Stanhope had draft lease for a year. They

Page 176 Hall) cancelled meeting scheduled on 3rd October days before the meeting. City Development Surveyors to chase up Meeting set to take place on the 24th February with Cllr Gettings and City Development to discuss. SW to update at the May meeting

repiars to toilets area Difficulties users have had in repairs being undertaken CPM have received a quote for Sharon Smith (SS) and completed when reported replacement of the floor covering. Order Malcolm Fisher (MF) placed. skylight in Ladies Toilet Maintenance Officer is inspecting the completed skylight and will report back to DPM skylight now fixed and resecured has this been done as well 5th February 2014 heatloss and flooring in Gents Toilets

East Ardsley CC East Ardsley Community Association Lease still being progressed by legal Sarn Warbis (SW) completed have signed and returned the Heads team - ongoing of Terms so the lease is now being Lease now signed and completed drafted by Legal. Morley Town Hall Ongoing work to resolve hearing and Pauline has organised for the loop system within the Sharon Smith has asked for a quote to Sharon Smith (SS) 7th May 2014 (Morelian, heating issues was explained. The building (Alexandra Hall, Council Chamber and Large rectify the problem with the loop system Alexandra Hall, Council Chamber would receive a Banqueting Hall) to be checked and a quote to be in the Council Chamber Small Banqueting ‘loop’ facility. Meanwhile, it was provided for it to be repaired. Cllr Gettings to be kept informed of the and Large suggested that the Alexandra Hall outcome Banqueting) should also be fitted out. SS having a meeting on site to look to see if a loop system can be placed in all Outer South Community Centres Sub Committee: Appendix 4A Work Programme

Strategic Target Facilities Action/Issues Comments Progress since the meeting Action Owner Contributing Officers Due Date Cllr Elliott raised an issue regarding Environmental services and MTH caretaker Find out cleaning scheduled for MTH Carl Sawyer (CS) / Completed and brought back the litter that is dropped around the Cllr Elliott raised this again at the Rothwell ward and liaise with Caretaker to ensure this Environments update for the 7th May building and at the side steps based briefing asking if it could be looked in to again is progressed as it seems to be getting worse again Carl Sawyer to reiterate with his staff that they need to clean around the perimeter of the Town Hall CS to speak again to the caretaker regarding clearing around the Town Hall of cigarette ends Large Banqueting Room : Stephanie Mortimer to progress with the issues It was suggested to hire paintings Carl Sawyer (CS) 7th May 2014 o Look into requesting some painting identified. through the Art Gallery - there maybe a from Leeds Arts Gallery’s storage for small cost - this was looked in to, display suggested that it would not be feasible o Costing for Edwardian light fitting due to security /transport of the over the piano paintings o Hoists/equipment required to move SS to speak to Gallery regarding hiring piano of pictures for the Town Hall o Cracked window needs repair and Carl Sawyer to provide costing for the light fitting Gerry Battye - Building Superintendent Carl Sawyer (CS) 7th May 2014 cleaning to come back with costings Cllr Gettings suggested that maybe Page 177 looking in to heritage funding to fund this. Waiting on the outcome regarding this

Alexandra Hall: Stephanie Mortimer to progress with the issues no progress in terms of repairing Carl Sawyer (CS) 7th May 2014 o Smashed window needs repair identified. smashed windows - proposed that it be o Covering on arched windows done by christmas peeling off, permanent blinds required CS to obtain a list from the Buidling o Dedicated bar room/area needed Superintendent regarding any o Collapsible staging outstanding work issues Carl Sawyer to provide costing for the collapsible ongoing Carl Sawyer (CS) 7th May 2014 staging SICO is the company who provide the portable stage at the Civic Hall

Link: http://www.sico- europe.com/mobile_folding_stages.php

o Balcony Chairs to be replaced chairs and fittings have been removed due to being to identify costs and look at possibility Sarn Warbis (SW) 7th May 2014 unsafe and damaged for local businesses / heritage funds to try and raise money for the replacements. Costings to be taken to the next meeting Outer South Community Centres Sub Committee: Appendix 4A Work Programme

Strategic Target Facilities Action/Issues Comments Progress since the meeting Action Owner Contributing Officers Due Date Wells: Provide lighting in the Wells to Costing has been quoted at £600.00. Actual cost circa Costings significantly higher as 1st Les Reed (LR) /Malcolm 7th May 2014 illuminate the stained glass windows £10,000. Cllr Gettings pursuing Heritage Lottery anticipated Fisher (MF) funding reason being that the scope of the work has changed by the numbers of windows going from a couple to 17 and there is the cost of the scaffolding which is £5,000 need to see where we are regarding the use of the Heritage Fund Replacement of Lights on the stage enquiry in to whether CPM would replace the lighting Needs further conversation Sharon Smith (SS) 7th May 2014 email from Steve Holt on the stage at Morley Town Hall - email from A Carl to discuss with Les Reed McCulloch CPM will not fund the cost of replacing Meeting has taken place regarding the stage lighting lamps, housing lighting yes. Light Bulbs. Bulbs are replaced in Cllr Gettings has suggested that when people hire the batches, do not replace one at time. hall and using the stage and microphone there should Standard Policy set regarding changing be a charge to assist with replacement of Lightbulbs/ SS to re evaluate what the policy is Lewisham Park No issues at present Tingley Youth and Parking issues to look at additional parking when needed - find costs Parking issues not been rectified - completed

Page 178 Community to re marking the tarmac and come back to the group Sharon Smith to speak with Noreen Centre with a cost Metcalfe regarding parking issues to see if they can come up with a suitable solution regarding parking for when the luncheons are taking place due to the pensioners luncheons now moving there should not be a problem with parking Pensioner luncheons moved to Westerton Lane and they have settled in nicely Pensioners lunch Parking was an issue when there was the pensioners Pensioners Luncheons now moved to completed luncheon taking place Westerton Community Centre Accessing a wirless network in a safe A dongle to be used as an interim solution (estimate MF to see if we are on target for the Malcom Fisher (MF) / Peter 7th May 2014 and affordable manner - IT Access - to £180) upgrade in March 2014 Harding (PH) in IT fit new venues will be charged £500 Ellie Rogers & Richard Jones led discussions on who on target for March 2014 per node, then another £500 to pays for this installation (£500) Tingley CC to be put to the top of the list upgrade in March 2014. At the Peter Harding updates that community group opted to when the new wireless access comes in moment comps can run of the current use wifi dongle as this could cope with their usage to place in March 2014 Leeds Learning Connection, also needs. If data needs increase this will be revisited. maybe to use a Wifi dongle at the cost cupboard found to lock away computers of £59.99 each Outer South Community Centres Sub Committee: Appendix 4A Work Programme

Strategic Target Facilities Action/Issues Comments Progress since the meeting Action Owner Contributing Officers Due Date Room booking Lettings to investigate location of key for tables and Breakdown in communications when Sharon Smith (SS) completed chairs cupboard so this can be accessed by centre venues are been booked. CS/SS to users raise with staff to see what is happening. • Lettings to investigate location of key for tables and Talks are taking place to set up new chairs cupboard so this can be accessed by centre systems to be able to book venues on users. line. • ASC use building 8am -4pm but it is available after this, the gym space downstairs is available throughout meeting to be arranged with Service the day if accessed via the outside door. Users/officers and Elected Members to discuss the issues SS to organise

Storage Issues Lettings to investigate location of key for tables and Issues around storage and the access to 7th May 2014 chairs cupboard so this can be accessed by centre the tables and chairs users no other form of storage available - SS looking to see if there is any other suitable storage available within the building. Cupbard to the back of the building unsure who it belongs to as no key available. Ongoing SS still looking Page 179 in to SS mentioned that there is no other storage available in the centre SS to look in to getting tables on wheels that can be stored at the back on the hall

West Ardsley • Although Kaleidoscope were Various attempts to contact group has been udate the group at the next meeting Sarn Warbis (SW) completed Community awarded rental support for West unsuccessful. Agreed by Neil Evans on the 14th 2014-15 £3k rent Centre Ardsley CC in 2011-12, this is March to revert back former agreement 2015-16 £6k rent reviewed annually. It is unlikely that 2016-17 £8,900 rent rental support will continue for 2012- 2017-18 and beyond £10k rent 13 due to the organisation being in a Group will not be receiving further rental healthier financial position. support SW to chase up and come back with an • 90% rental support awarded for 2012 - update 13 lease now being signed up to Outer South Community Centres Sub Committee: Appendix 4A Work Programme

Strategic Target Facilities Action/Issues Comments Progress since the meeting Action Owner Contributing Officers Due Date Windmill Youth Disabled access within the building Corporate Property Management has been instructed ongoing - Malcolm Fisher (MF) completed Club and disabled toilets are inadequate - If to carry out an updated DDA survey to improve ths is part of the CC review a wheelchair user gets out of their access to the area leading to and within the disabled would be extemely expensive to repair / wheelchair, uses the stair lift up the toilet facilities at Windmill Youth Club and to advise replace /fit anything extra - no funding few stairs, their wheel chair is still at how access can be improved and to provide costs for available at this time the bottom of the lift. carrying out this work. CPM’s records indicates a it is massively underused survey was carried out in October 2010 and no need to understand the ownership of the proposals for how to improve access to the disabled building toilet area have been put forward by CPM. Once all need to find new usage of the bulding the DDA surveys have been completed CPM will draw up a prioritised list of projects where work is to be carried out. Every effort will be made make this a priority taking into account existing work programmes. Date for DDA survey not conformed yet.

Ascertain ownership of washer-Dryer To have the washer/dryer removed and placed in washer / dryer to be moved on the 28th Carl Sawyer (CS) completed Machine storage. If no one comes forward to claim it. It should October and to be stored at crossgates be recycled. St Jude's, SLATE or St Vincent can be knowsthorpe

Page 180 explored. Les Reed to email Cllr Bruce with a response to the email sent regarding this matter Carl Sawyer to look in to the issue of number of members who were sleeping "rough" and required the use of the machine note on machine not to get rid off still in holding Reinstalled on the 24th January between 11am - 1pm Washer/dryer back in place Rationalisation of Gildersome Youth no issues community facilities Club portfolio St Gabriel’s CPM to investigate and report on Repairs included in the maintenance programme no planned services at the moment Malcolm Fisher (MF) completed Community current position regarding repairs at MF handed a copy of the repairs to Cllr Centre this centre. Mulherin for information Broken/cracked windows delaying the Les Reed raised a call with CPM Job to be completed this week Malcolm Fisher (MF) 7th May 2014 painting of the window frames SS to check with Caretaker to see if work is completed Pricing and Lettings All Implementation of a revised Pricing & City Wide Review still under way, meeting scheduled discussion at scrutiny - waiting on Sarn Warbis (SW) review on hold Policy for South Leeds Lettings Policy for South Leeds, this for 19th November 2012. Sub groups set up to outcome of review has not progressed due to the city oversee a number of strands: wide review taking prominence. The 1st Group : Rationalisation of existing centres and discussion at scrutiny - waiting on Sarn Warbis (SW) review on hold three sub groups mentioned have looking at the 16 sites outcome of review been working on various aspects of 2nd Group: Partnership and new opportunities - a discussion at scrutiny - waiting on Sarn Warbis (SW) review on hold the review. visit to Huddersfield to look at remote control access outcome of review to door entry and CATs 3rd Group : Value for Money - led by Steve Hulme- discussion at scrutiny - waiting on Sarn Warbis (SW) review on hold use /longevity of community centres outcome of review Outer South Community Centres Sub Committee: Appendix 4A Work Programme

Strategic Target Facilities Action/Issues Comments Progress since the meeting Action Owner Contributing Officers Due Date Promote the facilities we Develop marketing and promotional Development is on going - to be looked Sarn Warbis (SW) have on offer to local strategy for Outer South Leeds in to as part of the review - to set up people, businesses and Community Centres links on google and google maps to organisations connect to Community Centres - to look at setting up blogs St Gregorys Centre has been used as a pilot and has been set up on google Page 181 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 182 Appendix 5 Ou ter South Area Committee Strengthening Links with Town and Parish Councils Working Group Monday, 3 rd March 2014 at 2:00pm Morley Town Hall

Notes Present: Councillor Gettings Ward Member Councillor Leadley Ward Member Councillor Dawson Ward Member Councillor Nagle Ward Member Karen Oakley Morley Town Council Aretha Hanson Area Support Team (Chair) Moira Burke Area Support Team

ACT ION 1. Introduction and apologies 1.1 Everyone was welcomed and introductions were made. 2.0 Apologies 2.1 Lesley Gettings and Peter Dixon 3.0 Action Plan 3.0 Notes from the previous meeting were agreed as accurate. The action plan was updated (see action plan). 4.0 Next Steps 4.1 Main Points from the meeting • AH shared with the group that Shaid will be moving to WNW and our new Area Leader will be Martin Dean who will be joining us in June 2014 • AH mentioned that Martin Dean has been invited to attend the T&PC meetings that are due to take place this month • Aretha / Shaid will be attending the following meetings : o Morley Town Council meeting – 5th march o Drighlington Parish Council meeting – 17 th March • For the action plan to be updated with the comments from today’s meeting • For the minutes from the Area Committee meetings to be forwarded to the Town & Parish Council Clerks • Morley Town Council to share annually with Area Committee the activities that take place. • Tom Smith to liaise with the Town and Parish Councils around the SLA 4 • Town and Parish Council Clerks to be put forward to sit on the new Community Committees. 4.2 All agreed that the recommendations of the Scrutiny Report were largely complete and that links should be strengthened further through the development of the Community Committees. It was agreed that this be reviewed over the coming months and consider meeting again in the Autumn to review.

Page 1 of 1

Page 183 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 184 Appendix 5a Outer South Area Committee Strengthening the Council’s relationship with local Town and Parish Councils Scrutiny Report: May 2013

Action Plan : update 3 rd March 2014

Desired Outcome – There are clear pathways and protocols in place to enable open and meaningful dialogue between local councils and their respe ctive Area Committee on matters that impact on their local communities Recommendation 3 Action Lead By When Status That local councils and Area • Area Leader to introduce Area Support Team February 2014 Area Leader and Area Officer Committees give a attend a meeting of the attending: commitment to work closely Town and Parish Morley Town Counci l on together to develop clear Councils to give an Wednesday 5 th March 2014 pathways and protocols that overview of his role, the Drighlington Parish Council : will enable open and role of the Area Support 17 th March 2014 meaningful dialogue on Team and Area Gildersome Parish Council : rd Page 185 matters that have specific Committee 3 June 2014 impact on their communities. That Area Leaders take the • Town and Parish Gildersome Parish Council On-going Added to circulation list for lead on developing these Councils and Area Drighlington Parish Council Area Committee papers clear pathways and Committee papers to be Morley Town Council protocols and report shared Area Support Team Area Support receiving progress back to Scrutiny by papers for MTC December 2013 • T&PC to nominate items Town and Parish Council On-going of interest/concern to Area Support Team Progress update provided to Area Committee Scrutiny

Appendix 5a

Desired Outcome – Area Committee meetings are utilised effectively to address matters of local relevance Recommendation 4 Action Lead By When Status Assistant Chief Executive • Forward Plans of T&PC Area Support Team Annually Area Committee forward (Customer Access and and AC to be shared with Drighlington Parish Council plan for 2014/15 in Performance) promotes the each other and cross- Gildersome Parish Council development in light of following as good practice checking to establish Morley Town Hall change to Community amongst Area Committees: theme links and develop Committees. To be shared • The development of a Area Committee forward with partners forward work programme plan that has a theme or Town and Parish Councils do and identification of a topic for each meeting not have forward work major ‘theme’ or ‘topic’ programmes. for each area committee Morley Town Council to meeting share their annual activity list and budgets. • That Area Committee • Ensure reports Area Support Team On -going Area Support Team review Page 186 reports include a separate presented to Area Town and Parish Council reports to ensure locality section indicating any Committee has a focus focus potential local impacts or at a local level challenges Desired Outcome – That local councils and Area Committees work in partnership to maximise local intelligence and achieve more locally responsiv e and accountable services Recommendation 5 Action Lead By When Status That Area Leaders ensure • Environmental Services Environmental Services December 2013 SLA4 in development that input is sought from via Tom Smith to share local councils as part of any the Service Level future area based delegation Agreement with T&PC’s • Environmental Services scheme and particularly Tom Smith to attend To be arranged T&PCs at least once a around the negotiation of year to discuss the SLA Service Level Agreements • Continue to ensure that Elected Members On-going On-going Leeds City Council Area Committee Elected Members sit on Environmental Services Lead Explore Town & Parish T&PCs to ensure links Councils attending are maintained and feed environmental sub group issues to the Area Committee Env ironmental Services Appendix 5a Lead to be picked up through the sub -group Desired Outcome – That local councils and Area Committees work in partnership to explore opportunities for maximising available resources to be st meet the needs of their local communities Recommendation 7 Action Lead By When Status That Area Leaders • Area Leader to introduce Area Leader On -going See recommendation 3 proactively work with local attend a meeting of the Area Support Team councils and Area Town and Parish Drighlington Parish Council Committees to identify Councils to give an Gildersome Parish Council opportunities for maximising overview of his role, the Morley Town Council available resources to best role of the Area Support meet the needs of their local Team and Area communities Committee

Desired Outcome – That residents are actively encouraged and supported in undertaking volunteering initiatives that will benefit their local communities Recommendation 8 Action Lead By When Status Page 187 (i) That local councils are • Neighbourhood Area Support Team On -going NIO’s routinely promote proactive in promoting Improvement Officers Neighbourhood volunteering initiatives and volunteering initiatives and (NIO)within AST working Improvement Officers included as a priority in the encouraging people to take with Communities to Area Committees’ Priorities an active role within their move forward initiatives and Action Plan. community. where appropriate Flyers circulated through email communication as and when they arise. (ii) That the Council’s • Links with the above There is a large volunteer Assistant Chief Executive base in the Outer South (Customer Access and area. Area Committee Performance) and Chief celebrate their achievements Officer Localities and through Community Heroes Partnerships lead on actively Events. Invitation to be supporting approaches made extended to Town and Parish by local councils for any Councils. advice and assistance directly associated with local voluntary initiatives

Appendix 5a

Desired Outcome – That partnership working between local councils and Area Committees continues to be actively promoted across the city Recommendation 9 Action Lead By When Status That the three Area Leaders • For the Area Leader to Area Leader February 2014 Area Leader attending actively promote partnership explain what Integrated meetings in March working with local councils Locality working agenda as part of the integrated is and how it links in to Development of Community locality working agenda in the work that the Area Councils offers opportunity the three wedges of East Committee do to drive this agenda forward North East, West North West and South East

Page 188 Desired Outcome – That the relationship between local councils and Area Committees is continually monitored and developed Recommendation 10 Action Lead By When Status That the Chair of the city • Dates of Parish and Town and Parish Councils November 2014 wide Parish and Town Town Council Forum to Area Support Team Council Forum ensures that be circulated to all the Forum’s annual meeting • Take the learning from is used to provide an the development and opportunity for local councils delivery of this action to openly share their plan and share good experiences of working with practice and identify their Area Committees, share areas for improvement Process to be reviewed and good practice and identify • Area to improve: evaluated through 2014/15 potential areas for o Planning Issues improvement o Links to Area Committee sub groups Area Committee Priority and o Ensure link through Action Plan for 2014/15 Area Committee currently in development Action Plan Desired Outcome – That the relationship between local councils and Area Committees is continually monitored and developed Recommendation 11 Action Lead By When Status Appendix 5a That Area Leaders work • Area Lead to have a Area Leader On -going • Ongoing closely with Area Chairs to standard agenda item on ensure that Area Committees Area Chairs Briefings to continue to monitor their enable monitoring of relationships with local relationships with T&PC councils in order to identify strengths and potential areas for improvement

Page 189 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 190 Appendix 6

Section 6: Outer South Area Committee Business Plan 2013/14 : Priorities and Actions

Contents

1. Business Plan Priorities and Actions

• Locality working priorities • Delegated functions and priority work relating to those delegations • Partnership working and priorities for action • Work funded through the Wellbeing Budget and support given to local groups and organisations

Page 191 2. Area Committee Champions

• The Area Leads elected by Area Committee

3. The Community Engagement Framework for 2013/14

• Outer South Older Persons Event • Outer South Celebration Event • Neighbourhood Improvement Officer • Various galas and events • Neighbourhood Planning • Citizens Panel

Page 1 of 12 Appendix 6

1. Business Plan Priorities and Actions for 2013/14

(i). Integrated Locality Working Priorities: Develop effective and efficient services which best meet the needs of the people and the places we live Increase peoples’ sense of influence in decisions affecting their lives and communities through open, fair and accountable neighbourhood driven processes.

(ii). Area Support Team Service Plan objectives and outcomes

Objectives To support Area Committees in their leadership roles and to develop local delegations To develop and implement Locality Leadership Teams To effectively use information and intelligence to influence service delivery Page 192 To develop new working practices and new ways of thinking about service delivery in local areas To develop and implement neighbourhood profiles

Outcomes To develop strong and effective local leadership and governance arrangements that is responsive and accountable to the needs of local communities To maximise the engagement of local people in the design and delivery of local services To support the development of sustainable and resilient local communities Maximise the use of local intelligence to improve our understanding of communities and their functions/characteristics so that services are targeted and tailored to meet need effectively and efficiently

3. Business Plan objectives and outcomes to improve services locally

These are detailed on the table below on how Wellbeing funds, partnership working and delegations to Area Committee are providing added value and service improvement to deliver specific outcomes.

Page 2 of 12 Appendix 6

Outer South Business Plan Objectives and Outcomes 2013/14 The table below outlines the Area Committee priorities and actions for 2013/14. This is what the Area Committee will do based on the new Locality Integrated Working Design Principles and follows outcome based accountability methodology. The Area Committee priorities will be reviewed annually.

RAG Rating : Red (no start/completion date confirmed), Amber (work in progress), Green (completed)

What will the Area What progress has RAG Committee do to Who will deliver this? By when? What was the impact? been made? Rating address this priority? Best City for ……….. Business Leeds has started to recover from the recession, and we need to make sure jobs are created and that local people can access those jobs. We will make sure new developments create skills and opportunities through apprenticeships. Leeds will be an attractive place to visit and invest in, with cultural attractions for local people and visitors nationally and internationally. Page 193 Objective 1: Support work that helps town and district centres remain c ommercially active and vibrant Support for Christmas Trees, Area Support Team December Area Committee funding • Increased footfall in local centres Green lights and switch on events Leeds Lights 2013 secured for Christmas trees • More local residents engaged in Parks & Countryside and lights community activities Successful and well attended events across the area Using SLA from Environmental Environmental Services On -going Schedule o f events supplied • Cleaner local centres Green Delegation to ensure town and to Locality Team and clean • More responsive service that meets district centres are prioritised ups organised after events local need for cleaning have taken place Manage Morley Empty Shops Area Support Team On -goin g 3 Shop fronts replaced in • Enhanced appearance of shops Green Fund Morley Town Centre Management Morley Town Centre • Encourages more businesses to move Board Scope to undertake 2 further into the area projects • Increased footfall supporting local economy

Page 3 of 12 Appendix 6

What will the Area What progress has RAG Committee do to Who will deliver this? By when? What was the impact? been made? Rating address this priority? Objective 2: Provide opportunities fo r people to get jobs or learn new skills Support initiatives to target Employment & Skills On -going Through SE NEET reduction • Local people have an increased Green NEETS (Not in Employment, Children’s Services Plan target and reduce NEET number of training opportunities Education or Training) Area Support Team available IGEN Practitioners event held on 3 • Local businesses engaged to support December 2013 to raise training opportunities for young people awareness of initiatives in Leeds and children and young people’s targeted services.

Page 194 Leeds pathways has been developed further to include a portal for South East. Support volunteering within Area Support Team On -going Information on getting • More volunteers from the local area Green local communities Neighbourhood Improvement Officer involved with volunteering taking up opportunities to gain skills provided at all events • Successful events in local areas being delivered by volunteers Area Committee allocated • More people engaged and empowered funding for annual • Volunteers feel appreciation for the Community Heroes event to work that they do celebrate achievements of volunteers. Provide information and Area Support T eam On -going Engaged with tenants and • More people benefiting from training Green guidance on training Neighbourhood Improvement Officer residents associations and • Enabling local people to take up opportunities available through signposted groups/individuals opportunities to gain skills the Neighbourhood to opportunities available • Work clubs established in local areas Improvement Officer

Page 4 of 12 Appendix 6

What will the Area What progress has RAG Committee do to Who will deliver this? By when? What was the impact? been made? Rating address this priority? Best City for ……….. Communities Our communities will get the backing they need to help local people lead their lives successfully. We will encourage community spirit and local activity but recognise that it will take high-quality public services working with local people to effectively tackle crime and anti-social behaviour. We will also keep our neighbourhoods clean and green. Objective 3: Residents in Outer South have access to opportunities to become involve d in sport and culture Fund community based Area Support Team On -going Festivals have been held with • More local residents are engaged in Green events. E.g. Morley Literature Local Groups further events programmed community events Festival, Rothwell 600, Leeds Lights throughout the year • Stronger communities Christmas tree & Lights Parks & Countryside • Local area promoted project, Parks & Countryside Relevant Town and Parish Councils • Residents have increased knowledge Site Based Gardeners of organisations and services Page 195 Provide small grants for local Area Support Team On -going Applications to small grants • More local people involved in Green community groups to provide Neighbourhood Improvement and Community First Panels community activity and improving sporting and cultural activities Officer being considered for projects community cohesion in Outer South • Small grants provided Provide guidance to groups to Area Support Team On -going Prom otion at community • Increased capacity of community Green acquire external funding for Neighbourhood Improvement Officer forums and various meetings groups/individuals projects aiming to increase numbers • Funding secured to enable project of project applications in delivery on identified community South East area issues Objecti ve 4: Neighbourhoods in Outer South are clean and attractive Environmental sub group to Area Support Team Quarterly 2013/14 Service Level • Cleaner/greener environment Green meet 4 times a year to monitor Environmental Sub Group Agreement agreed July 2013 • Improved partnership working Environmental Services Locality Team • Integrated workforce working better Delegation between the Area with local community through Committee and Locality Team engagement and use of local and improve partner working intelligence

Page 5 of 12 Appendix 6

What will the Area What progress has RAG Committee do to Who will deliver this? By when? What was the impact? been made? Rating address this priority? Deliver joint working schemes Environmental sub group On -going Area Committee funding • Fixed penalty notices issued Green that address the issues Locality Team approved for covert CCTV • Evidence made available through highlighted through the Outer and patrols covert CCTV to enable prosecutions South Area Committee Environmental sub Group Support scrutiny of key Environmental Sub Group On -going Reports provided to • Improved service delivery Green performance indicators Area Support Team Environmental sub group Locality Team

Objective 5: Help support a strong network of community groups that are able to contribute to improving the environment of their neighbourhoods Page 196 Provide skips for community Area Support Team On -going Funding allocated for sk ips • Cleaner/greener environment Green clean ups from 2013/14 wellbeing • Increased community activities budget • Residents having pride in their neighbourhoods Enable local community Neighbourhood Improvement Office r On -going Links through • Faster and co-ordinated response in Green groups to have a direct impact Area Support Team TARAs/Neighbourhood addressing issues relating to on their surroundings Locality Team Improvement Officer. Litter- environmental issues pick areas identified and undertaken Support to `in bloom ’ groups Neighbourhood Improvement Officer On -going In bloom and environmental • Increase in local people involved in Green through funding Area Support Team groups continuing to work in community activity, improving Parks and Countryside local areas community cohesion. • Improvements to the appearance of the area

Page 6 of 12 Appendix 6

What will the Area What progress has RAG Committee do to Who will deliver this? By when? What was the impact? been made? Rating address this priority? Objective 6: Residents in Outer South are safe and feel safe Support programmes of work West Yorkshire Police On -going Area Committee funded • Residents empowered to deter rogue Green to reduce crime and anti-social projects: traders, nuisance calls and pushy behaviour • No cold calling zones sales people ultimately reducing the • Victim support – victims risk of doorstep crime fund • Low level target hardening reducing • WYP off road bikes the impact of ASB • WYP Mountain bikes • Reduction in ASB caused by nuisance • Target hardening (sheds) motorbikes Provide residents with support, Area Support Team On -going Residents h ave a greater • Residents feel safer and reassured in Green advice and equipment to help West Yorkshire Police involvement in local action their communities

Page 197 them prevent burglary Community Safety through PACT meetings and • Crime reduction referrals at Councillor surgeries. Objective 7: Communities are empowered and engaged and get on well togeth er Clear actions set out in Area Support Team On -going Area Committee fund the • Communities empowered to take Green neighbourhood improvement Neighbourhood Improvement Officer Neighbourhood Improvement greater control and make positive plans Planning Team Officer and local changes in their local communities neighbourhoods are identified • Local residents directly influencing with support in place. local service delivery • Build community capacity • Improved neighbourhoods • Improved cohesion Objective 8: Have an asset base which is fit for purpose Support the community centres Area Support Team On -going Three meetings a year and • Community Centres are maintained Green that we manage through the Community Centres Sub Group Action Plan in place • Programme of work in place for repairs Outer South Community Community Centres Team Reported through to Area Centre’s sub-group Committee

Page 7 of 12 Appendix 6

What will the Area What progress has RAG Committee do to Who will deliver this? By when? What was the impact? been made? Rating address this priority? Support the on -going Community Centres Team On -going Regular meetings by Asset • Reduce asset based by 20% Green Community centres review that Area Support Team Review Panel to identify • Making best use of resources aims to provide best use of Community Centres Sub Group savings • Providing `Community Hubs’ community facilities (the review Asset Review Team Consultation with includes community centres Asset & Property Management stakeholders undertaken but also other Council facilities) Work with partner agencies and 3 rd sector to maximise usage of assets Investigate options of community transfer where appropriate Maximise investment in Page 198 assets with long term future Deliver Community Centres Community Centres Project Team Antici pated All users contacted • Better use of community assets by Green delegation with revised letting completion December 2012 local people charges and rationalisation of by Working with • Maximising income centres September users/community groups in 2014 Outer South Objective 9: Implement Action Plans for Priority Neighbourhoods Provide a range of ways for Area Support Team On -going Through engagement with • More local people are involved in Gr een residents and partners to have Locality Team TARAs/community Groups decision making and influencing their say about local priorities, Key Partners better and closer working service delivery for example linking in to the Neighbourhood Improvement Officer relationships between • Communities are empowered and neighbourhood improvement partners to allow issues to be engaged plans for our priority addressed quicker and more • People get on well together neighbourhoods financially efficient

Page 8 of 12 Appendix 6

What will the Area What progress has RAG Committee do to Who will deliver this? By when? What was the impact? been made? Rating address this priority? Best City For……Children & Young People Leeds will be a child-friendly city where the voices, needs and priorities of children and young people are heard and inform the way we make decisions and take action Objective 10: Provide a range of activities for young people across the Outer South Support the delivery of the Activities Fund Steering Group On -going Min i Breeze events funded • Young people consulted about what Green Activities Fund Delegation Children & Young People’s Working Children & Young people activities they would like to see in their Group involved in the planning, area Area Support Team delivery and evaluation of • More young people engaged in positive Children & Young People activities activities Breeze Team Consultation with young • Reduction in isolated young people Voice & Influence Team people undertaken •

Page 199 Varied and wide range of activities that support children and young people Support the work of the Area Support Team On -going £20,000 Wellbeing funds • Children & young people have more Green clusters through the Children & Children & Young People’s Working allocated to clusters to opportunities to engage in out of school Young People sub group to Group support out of school activities deliver a cohesive plan to activities • Partnership approach providing a engage with children and better service for young people provide a number of opportunities for them

Page 9 of 12 Appendix 6

What will the Area What progress has RAG Committee do to Who will deliver this? By when? What was the impact? been made? Rating address this priority? Best City For……Health and Wellbeing There are a range of social, economic and environmental factors that affect people’s health in Leeds, which means some people have poorer health than others. In Leeds, we will focus on housing, education, transport, green space, work and poverty and what we can do to help everyone have the best chance to be healthy. Health and social care services will work together better to help people stay active and independent for as long as possible and provide care when needed in local communities Objective 11: Residents in Outer South are active and healthy Deliver projects to target health Nei ghbourhood Improvement Officer On -going Attended events to promote Raised awareness of resources available Green issues through Health Health Improvement Team Leeds Lets Change and to assist organisations in promoting Health Champions role/local health Winter Health for the elderly. topics and wellbeing groups Delivered three briefing Page 200 sessions about a potential Health Champions programme across Morley Working with partners to deliver a Dementia Awareness Briefing Support older peoples and Ar ea Support Team On -going Providing funding for activities • More activities taking place Green healthy living groups such as luncheon clubs • More people involved in day trips and luncheon clubs • Reducing isolation Continue to fund the Garden Morley Elderly Action On -going Funding approved for a • Subsidised scheme to enable gardens Green Maintenance scheme delivered further three year period 2013 to be maintained through Morley Elderly Action to 2016 • Residents signposted for help and advice when needed • Prevention of trips and falls through well maintained gardens • Reduces isolation of the elderly

Page 10 of 12 Appendix 6

What will the Area What progress has RAG Committee do to Who will deliver this? By when? What was the impact? been made? Rating address this priority? Vulnerable members of the Area Support Team March 2014 • Area Committee allocated Reduce isolation of elderly residents and GREEN community are able to live Neighbourhood Networks £2,000 to support events contribute towards elderly people living independently at home for Housing Leeds to celebrate the independently longer contribution older people make to our communities, coinciding with International Day of Older People • Area Committee allocated £4,648.87 to fund winter warmth packages for the elderly Page 201

Page 11 of 12 Appendix 6

2. Area Committee Leads

The following Ward Members were elected as Area Committee Leads 2013/14 (i) Environment & Community Safety : Cllr Karen Bruce (ii) Children’s Services : Cllr Bob Gettings (iii) Employment, Skills & Welfare : Cllr Neil Dawson (iv) Public Health & Wellbeing : Cllr Shirley Varley (v) Adult Social Care and Community Health : Cllr Karen Renshaw (vi) Corporate Carer : Cllr Bob Gettings

The following Ward Members were elected to represent Area Committee on Cluster Partnership Groups (i) Ardsley & Tingley : Cllr Karen Renshaw; Cllr Judith Elliott (ii) Morley: Cllr Neil Dawson; Cllr Robert Finnigan; Cllr Bob Gettings

Page 202 (ii) Rothwell: Cllr Karen Bruce; Cllr Stewart Golton; Cllr Lisa Mulherin

The following Ward Members were elected to represent Area Committee on these Boards or Working Groups (i) Outer South Community Centres : Cllr Bob Gettings, Cllr Lisa Mulherin; Cllr Judith Elliott (ii) Children & Young People’s Working Group : Cllr Bob Gettings; Cllr Lisa Mulherin; Cllr Karen Bruce; Cllr Neil Dawson (iii) Activities Fund Steering Group : Cllr Bob Gettings; Cllr Lisa Mulherin; Cllr Karen Bruce; Cllr Neil Dawson (iv) Environmental Working Group : Cllr Robert Finnigan; Cllr Shirley Varley; Cllr Karen Renshaw; Cllr Karen Bruce

The following Ward members were elected to represent Area Committee on the following Outside Bodies: (i) Morley Town Centre Management Board : Cllr Judith Elliott; Cllr Robert Finnigan; Cllr Neil Dawson (ii) Morley Literature Festival Committee : Cllr Judith Elliott; Cllr Bob Gettings; Cllr Shirley Varley (iii) Outer South ALMO Area Panel : Cllr David Nagle; Cllr Jack Dunn

(vi) Citizens Panel The Council continues to recruit to the citizen’s panel with a target figure of 6,000 people. It has reached just over 4,200. Area Committee receive regular updates on the feedback from the citizens panel on issues of local importance.

Page 12 of 12 Appendix 7

Ardsley & Robin Hood Community First Panel

From an allocation of £50,865 the following grant requests have been submitted by the panel.

Funded Group Recommended Paid Disposition Amount Amount £ £ Girlguiding Lofthouse 1,250.00 1,250.00 Approved East Ardsley In Bloom 712.20 712.20 Approved Hilltop Good Companions 1,500.00 1,500.00 Approved Lowry Road In Bloom 1,300.00 1,300.00 Approved Lofthouse Millennium Green 1,000.00 1,000.00 Approved Robin Hood Residents Association 1,000.00 1,000.00 Approved Thorpe In Bloom 2,000.00 0.00 Pending East Ardsley Luncheon Club 420.00 420.00 Approved Tingley Tenants & Residents Association 500.00 0.00 Pending Friends of Lofthouse Children's Centre 1,500.00 0.00 Pending Tingley TARA Tenants and residents 2,350.00 2,350.00 Approved Association East Ardsley United Cricket Club 1,600.00 1,600.00 Approved Lowry Road in Bloom 1,000.00 1,000.00 Approved Meadows in Bloom 1,000.00 1,000.00 Approved Winthorpe Residents Association 1,058.00 1,058.00 Approved St gabriel's Youth and Community Group 1,500.00 1,500.00 Approved Robin Hood Residents Association 1,500.00 1,500.00 Approved Lowry Road In Bloom 1,500.00 1,500.00 Approved Christ Church Lofthouse PCC Graveyard 1,485.59 1,485.59 Approved Group Silhouettes Majorette Dance Troupe 1,000.00 1,000.00 Approved East Ardsley United Cricket Club 1,100.00 1,100.00 Approved East Ardsley In Bloom 1,218.00 1,218.00 Approved East Ardsley Community Centre Association 1,050.00 1,050.00 Approved Girlguiding Lofthouse 1,250.00 1,250.00 Approved 2nd Morley East Ardsley Scout Group 1,260.00 1,260.00 Approved Grand Total 31,053.79 27,053.79

Page 203 Morley South Community First Panel

From an allocation of £33,910 the following grant requests have been submitted by the panel.

Funded Group Recommended Paid Disposition Amount Amount £ £ Morley Cricket & Sports Club 630.00 630.00 Approved Tingley Methodist Church 1,400.00 1,400.00 Approved Morley Camping Venture 1,000.00 1,000.00 Approved Morley Literature Festival 1,200.00 1,200.00 Approved Tingley Crescent Residents Association 1,260.00 1,260.00 Approved Kids for Kids Dance Troupe 700.00 700.00 Approved Leeds Grand Theatre 800.00 800.00 Approved Woodkirk Valley Football Club 1,000.00 1,000.00 Approved Morley Community Archives Group 498.00 0.00 Pending Morley Rugby Football Club 1,010.00 1,010.00 Approved Morley Amateur Operatic Society 1,992.00 1,992.00 Approved St peters Church Hall users Group 2,500.00 2,500.00 Approved 12th Morley Scout Group 800.00 800.00 Approved Morley Camping Venture 500.00 500.00 Approved Newlands methodist Church 400.00 400.00 Approved Siegen Close Residents association 420.00 420.00 Approved St Andrews Community Hall Steering Group 2,300.00 2,300.00 Approved St marys United Reformed Church 1,000.00 1,000.00 Approved Morley Town AFC 500.00 500.00 Approved Morley Bluebell Majorettes 1,290.00 1,290.00 Approved Morley Murals 500.00 500.00 Approved Kidz n co 301.00 301.00 Approved Finance and Property Group 600.00 600.00 Approved Grand Total 22,601.00 22,103.00

Status Explained Pending or Approved.

'Pending' means the project has only recently been submitted to CDF and needs to be processed, or that the group have not yet returned their grant acceptance form to CDF.

'Approved' means that the group have returned their grant acceptance, so if it is 'Approved' but without a payment it either means that it is scheduled for payment shortly, or that there is a query relating to the payment details.

Page 204 Report author:Agenda Aretha Hanson Item 19

Tel: 24 74309

Report of the Assistant Chief Executive (Citizens & Communities)

Report to: South Leeds (Outer) Area Committee

Date: Monday 31 st March 2014

Subject: Outer South Area Committee Well being Budget Report

Are specific electoral Wards affected? Yes No If relevant, name(s) of Ward(s): Ardsley & Robin Hood Morley North Morley South Rothwell Are there implications for equality and diversity and Yes No cohesion and integration?

Is the decision eligible for Call-In? Yes No

Does the report contain confidential or exempt information? Yes No If relevant, Access to Information Procedure Rule number: Appendix number:

Summary of main issues

This report seeks to provide Members with:

1. Details of the Wellbeing Budget position. 2. An update on both the revenue, capital and activities fund elements of the Wellbeing budget. 3. Details of revenue funding for consideration and approval. 4. Details of revenue projects agreed to date which link to the priorities and actions in the Area Committee Business Plan (Appendix 1). 5. Members are also asked to note the current position of the Small Grants Budget.

Recommendations

Members of the Outer South Area Committee are requested to:

a) note the contents of the report; b) note the position of the Wellbeing, capital and Activities fund elements of the wellbeing budgets as set out at 3.0. c) note the revenue projects already agreed as listed in Appendix 1; d) consider the project proposals detailed in 4.0; e) note the Small Grants situation in 5.0.

Page 205

1. Purpose of this report

1.1 This report seeks to provide Members with:

a) Details of the Wellbeing Budget position. b) An update on both the revenue, capital and activities fund elements of the Wellbeing budget. c) Details of revenue funding for consideration and approval. d) Details of revenue projects agreed to date which link to the priorities and actions in the Area Committee Business Plan (Appendix 1). e) Members are also asked to note the current position of the Small Grants Budget.

2 Background information

2.1 Each Area Committee has been allocated a Wellbeing Budget which it is responsible for administering. The aim of this budget is to support the social, economic and environmental wellbeing of the area by using the funding to support projects that contribute towards the delivery of local priorities.

2.2 Wellbeing funding cannot be paid retrospectively. An application form must be submitted and approved by the Area Committee before activities or items being purchased through Wellbeing funding are completed or purchased.

2.3 Members are reminded that due to the timescales required for the scrutiny and processing of documentation prior to submission to the Area Committee that the deadline for receipt of completed application forms is at least five weeks before an Area Committee.

3.0 Wellbeing Budget Position 2013/14

3.1 The revenue budget approved by Executive Board for 2013/14 is £183,790.00. Table 1 shows a carry forward figure of £63,779.29 and funding of £10,508.53 which is attached to on-going projects that was not spent in 2012/13. The total amount of revenue funding available to the Area Committee for 2013/14 is therefore £237,060.76.

3.1.1 Appendix 1 shows the projects funded by the Area Committee up to and including the January 2014 meeting. Applications for funding presented to March 2014 area committee will be included in the June Area Committee report, if approved.

3.1.2 It is possible that some of the projects in Appendix 1 may not use their allocated spend. This could be for several reasons including the project no longer going ahead, the project not taking place within the dates specified in the funding agreement or failure to submit monitoring reports. Due to this the final revenue balance may be greater than the amount specified in 3.1.3.

3.1.3 The Area Committee is asked to note that £185,908.90 has already been allocated from the 2013/14 Wellbeing Revenue Budget as listed in Appendix 1. Table 1 shows a carry forward figure of £51,151.86 . This takes account of funding already attached to on-going projects that was not spent in 2013/14. The carry forward figure for 2014/15 will be finalised with central finance and reported to the June Area Committee .

Page 206

TABLE 1: Revenue Wellbeing Budget 2013/14 INCOME 183,790.00 Roll Forward 63,779.29 Less projects carried forward from 2012/13 -10,508.53 TOTAL 237,060.76

Area Wide Projects Sustainable Economy and Culture 8,200.00 Small Grants Scheme £5,000.00 Communications Budget e.g. printing, meetings £1,000.00 Financial Fitness Programme £2,200.00

Safer And Stronger Communities £61,296.41 Support for Community Safety Off Road Bikes £2,240.00 Victims Support – Victims Fund £1,000.00 Neighbourhood Improvement Officer £20,402.40 Site Based Gardeners £35,654.01 Community Skips £2,000.00

Health and Well Being £41,148.87 Garden Maintenance Scheme £33,000.00 Community Heroes Event £1,500.00 International Day of Older People £2,000.00 Winter Warmth Packs £4,648.87

Children and Families £20,000.00 Activities for Children and Young People £20,000.00

Total Area Wide projects £130,645.28 Balance split across four wards £106,415.48 £26,603.87 £26,603.87 £27,774.17 £27,774.17

RING FENCED AMOUNTS Ward Split Ardsley & Robin Morley Morley ADP Theme Project 2013/14 Hood North South Rothwell Sustainable Economy and Culture Morley Literature Festival 2012 £10,000.00 £5,000.00 £5,000.00 Rothwell 600 £8,000.00 £8,000.00 Christmas trees and decorations £18,625.00 £2,985.00 £4,237.50 £4,237.50 £7,165.00 Enabled Works Disability Access £1,500.00 £1,500.00 Total Sustainable Economy and Culture £38,125.00 £2,985.00 £9,237.50 £10,737.50 £15,165.00

Safer And Stronger Communities West Yorkshire Police Pedal Cycle £300.00 £300.00 Operation Dark Night £1,217.60 £608.80 £608.80 Enhancing Visibility (PCSCO Cyles) £2,079.00 £693.00 £693.00 £693.00 West Yorkshire Police (Operation Flame) £1,063.76 £531.88 £531.88 Harwill Estate Grit Bins £336.76 £336.76 West Yorkshire Police (Rothwell Shed Bars) £1,000.00 £1,000.00 John O'Gaunts A Frame Ginnel Gates £1,700.00 £1,700.00 St Mary's in the Wood URC CCTV £3,000.00 £3,000.00 Street Lighting, Old Road, Churwell £2,400.00 £2,400.00 Cold Calling Control Zone, Churwell £541.50 £541.50 Total Safer and Stronger Communities £13,638.62 £1,224.88 £4,638.56 £1,301.80 £3,531.88

Children and Families Junior Wardens Scheme £3,500.00 £3,500.00 Total for Children and Families £3,500.00 £0.00 £0.00 £0.00 £3,500.00

Total spend against projects £185,908.90 £4,209.88 £13,876.06 £12,039.30 £22,196.88 Balance Remaining (per ward) £51,151.86 £22,393.99 £12,727.81 £15,734.87 £5,577.29

Page 207

3.1.4 Wellbeing Allocation 2014/15

3.1.5 The revenue budget approved by Executive Board for 2014/15 is £163,790.00 and is £20,000 less than in previous years.

3.1.6 As in previous years, Members are asked to consider the following ringfence amounts against the 2014/15 Wellbeing Allocation. If members request any changes to these figures they will have an impact on the amount of budget available for new schemes.

§ The small grant allocation to remain ring-fenced at £5,000. This is based on the 2013/14 spend of £4,890.20

§ The communication budget to remain ring-fenced at £1,000. This is based on the 2013/14 spend of £458.29

§ The Community Skips budget to remain ring-fenced at £2,000. This is based on the 2013/14 spend of £1,770

§ Morley Literature Festival Committee has received an annual contribution from the Area Committee to ensure the delivery of this key event. A contribution of £10,000 for the 2015 festival is proposed.

§ A number of events have been delivered in Rothwell under the banner “Rothwell 600”. To ensure the delivery of various events, a proposed allocation of £8,000 for 2014/15 is included, subject to a review of events taking place in Rothwell in 2014/15

§ The Christmas Lights and Decoration received an allocation of £18,625 in 2013/14 and included £4,000 one-off costs. It is therefore proposed to allocate £14,625 for 2014/15

§ In line with the new approach to enhance Community Safety and tackle Crime and Grime issues, Members are asked to ring-fence £4,000 to respond to community safety issues that arise during the year

§ In 2013/14 £2,240 was spent on the off-road bike scheme. Area Committee is asked to ring-fence £2,240 for 2014/15 to ensure continuation of funding for the scheme

§ Ringfence £1,000 towards the Victim Support Fund, in line with previous years

§ Outer South Site Based Gardeners project was approved at £35,654.01 for 2013/14. Area Committee is asked to ring-fence £36,010.55 for 2014/15. The request for funding for 2014/15 is included at paragraph 4.4.3

§ Members are asked to note the costing for the Neighbourhood Improvement Officer is based on 3 days per week with the other 2 days per week funded by the Inner South Area Committee. An update report is included elsewhere on the agenda. Members are asked to ringfence £20,402.40 for 2014/15

§ Area Committee ringfenced £1,500.00 for the Community Heroes Event in 2013/14. It is proposed that £1,500.00 be ring-fenced for an event in 2014/15

§ Area Committee is asked to ringfence £5,000 for 2014/15 Winter Warmth Packs subject to match funding from Housing Leeds

Page 208

§ In line with the NIO work with South Leeds Foodbank, Area Committee is asked to ringfence £4,000 to support the set up of food banks in each of the four Outer South wards

§ Area Committee ringfenced £2,000 to support events to coincide with International Day of Older People. It is proposed that £2,000 be ringfenced for an event in 2014/15

§ Morley & CATSS and Rothwell Clusters have received £20,000 to support Out of School Activities for Children & Young People £20,000. Members are asked to ringfence £20,000 for 2014/15

§ Outer South Garden Maintenance Scheme £33,000, 2014/15 represents year 2 of a 3 year scheme and members are asked to confirm the scheme for 2014/15. An evaluation report is included elsewhere on this agenda and funding request is included at paragraph 4.4.4.

3.2 Activities Fund Delegation 2013/14

3.2.1 As a result of a Youth Review agreed in March 2013, an activities fund has been made available to provide local activity for children and young people age 8-17 years across the city. The Activities Fund has been delegated to Area Committees and the allocation to Outer South Area Committee for 2013/14 is £30,116, rising to £60,232 in 2014/15.

3.2.2 Table 2 below outlines the Activities Fund position and provides a breakdown of the funds by ward. The remaining balance of £ 6,836.00 will be carried forward to the 2014/15 Activities Fund allocation of £60,232.00.

Table 2: Youth Activities Fund 2013/14 Ward Split 8-17 Population (10,080) 2666 2464 2355 2595 Ardsley & Morley Morley Rothwell Robin Hood North South Allocation £7,965.20 £7,361.69 £7,036.03 £7,753.08 Mini Breeze Events August 2013 £3,750.00 £1,875.00 £1,875.00 Morley & CATSS Cluster School Holiday Programme £356.66 £356.67 £356.67 (October) Music-Beats-Music £2,000.00 City Bloc Climbing Club £412.50 £412.50 £412.50 £412.50 DAZL (Outer South Dance Programme) £795.00 £795.00 £795.00 £795.00 The Works Skatepark - Sunshine Indoors £595.00 £595.00 £595.00 £595.00 Youth Encounter Project £1,000.00 Morley & CATSS Cluster School Holiday Programme £500.00 £500.00 £500.00 (February 2014) Motorcycle Maintenance Course Level One £500.00 £500.00 £500.00 Rothwell Cluster Partnership School Holiday Programme £1,500.00 (February 2014) Total spend £6,909.16 £7,034.17 £6,034.17 £3,302.50 Remaining Balance per ward £1,056.04 £327.52 £1,001.86 £4,450.58

3.2.2 An invitation to apply for 2014/15 Youth Activities Funding has been sent out with a deadline of 11 th April 2014. Area Support Team is also working with colleagues in Children’s Services and Procurement to ensure that the information reaches the widest possible audience.

Page 209

3.3 Oulton & Woodlesford Design Statement Group (O&WDSG)

3.3.1 In February 2009 the Outer South Area Committee approved £5,600 revenue Wellbeing funding for a design statement to be completed in Oulton and Woodlesford. The successful application included, amongst other things, a detailed project plan with clear timescales and a breakdown of project funding; professional fees (£5,600), questionnaire to every household (£600), room hire, printing, stationery to deliver project (£250), and stated an intention to generate income through fundraising and sales of the finished design statement.

3.3.2 Following a review of the project by O&WDSG, the group did not raise enough money from the sales of the publication and so the project became overspent. The group then contacted Ward Members to request a top-up of funds to complete the project.

3.3.3 Following consultation with Ward Members, the March 2011 Area Committee approved a further £4,848.72 to fund the O&WDSG to complete the work. This funding was from a residual pot of Town Centre Management money allocated to Rothwell. The breakdown of this additional Wellbeing funding was as follows:

Item Expenditure Consultant £1,531.92 inc VAT Advertisement in Yorkshire Evening Post £1,966.80 inc VAT Design / layout for 80 page document £ 350.00 inc VAT Printing for an initial 100 copies £1,000.00 inc VAT Total £4,848.72

3.3.4 In November 2012 Area Support Team received a query from a Ward Councillor regarding the final instalment. Detailed enquiries have shown that:

• The agreement was for a funding period of 12 months commencing on 20th April 2011 and ending on the 31st March 2012 • The Funds were to be paid in two instalments, one in advance • Each payment was to be made on receipt of an invoice, the first by 31st May 2011 and the second half way through the project, on submission of an interim evaluation report stating work achieved to date and how the first instalment was spent • Funding for the project came from the Town Centre Management Board allocation. At the end of the 2011/12 financial year, the remaining funds were transferred to the main wellbeing account. This included the £2,424.72 representing the final payment to the group • Area Support Team are not in receipt of a final evaluation, invoice and supporting evidence of expenditure

3.3.5 Members are asked to consider the groups’ request for the final payment, subject to receipt of a satisfactory final evaluation report stating work achieved to date and how the funds will be spent.

Page 210

3.4 Capital

3.4.1 Of the £683,008 capital funding allocated to the Area Committee for 2004/12 a total of £676,743.44 has been committed to date leaving a balance of £6,264.57 .

3.4.2 Members are asked to note the capital allocation by Ward. The spend broken down by Ward is as follows:

Ardsley and Robin Morley North Morley South Rothwell Hood Total Allocation £170,752.00 £170,752.00 £170,752.00 £170,752.00 2004-12 Allocation to date £170,013.20 £166,612.11 £169,6 66.20 £170,751.93 New Balance £738.80 £4,139.90 £1,085.80 £0.07

3.4.3 Members are asked to note that as the capital expenditure report (Appendix 2 in previous reports) has not changed of late, it will not be included as part of this report going forward. Copies of the document are available on request.

4.0 Well Being Projects for Approval

Members are asked to consider the following projects for the 2013/14 funding period:

4.4.1 Project: Blue Plaque for Beryl Burton Organisation: Leeds Civic Trust Total project cost: £850.00 Wellbeing Contribution: £250.00 (revenue) Wards covered: Morley South

Project summary: Beryl Burton, OBE (12 May 1937 – 8 May 1996) was an English racing cyclist and one of Britain's greatest ever athletes. She Dominated women’s cycle racing in the UK, winning more than 90 domestic championships and seven world titles, and setting numerous national records. She set a women's record for the 12-hour time-trial which exceeded the men's record for two years. Burton lived in the Morley area throughout her life, racing mainly for Morley Cycling Club and later Knaresborough CC.

The project aims to install a Blue Plaque to commemorate the sporting achievements of former Morley resident, Beryl Burton OBE. The funding will be used to pay for the design and manufacture of the plaque and its erection and maintenance. The plaque will enhance and develop Beryl Burton Gardens in the centre of Morley.

The scheme is joint funded by Morley Town Council.

Area Committee/Area Business Plan Key Themes and Action Plan Priorities: This proposal supports the Area Committee priority: “Culture” – we want to involve more people in sport and use Beryl Burton as a role model and “Community” we want to inform the community and take pride in one of its former residents.

Page 211

4.4.2 Project: A-Frames Footpath No 105 Organisation: Leeds City Council Parks & Countryside Total Project Cost: £1,521.75 Wellbeing Contribution: £1,521.75

Project summary: The project will entail the installation of an A Frame and associated fencing where a wide gap exists at the western end of Church Lane, Tingley where Footpath No 105 enters open fields.

Residents are concerned about the unauthorised use of the public footpath by motor cycles and quad bikes. The footpath in question provides pedestrian access between Church Lane and the A653 to the west and is well used by pedestrians accessing local amenities, including local shops and St Mary’s Church. Additionally the Public Footpath Morley No 106 runs to the South of the junction of Footpath 105 and Church Lane and users of this path too will be safeguarded by the proposed A Frame. The installation of the A frame will help to protect and preserve the surfaces.

Area Committee/Area Business Plan Key Themes and Action Plan Priorities: This proposal supports the Area Committee priority: ‘

Members are asked to consider the following projects for the 2014/15 funding period

4.4.3 Project: Site Based Gardener – Outer South Organisation: Leeds City Council, Parks and Countryside Total Project Cost: £36,010.55 Wellbeing contribution: £36,010.55 (revenue) Ward covered: Ardsley & Robin Hood, Morley North, Morley South, Rothwell

Project Summary: The project seeks to provide 3 gardeners (37 hours per person per week) for 6 months of the year dedicated to managing a number of green spaces including Smithy Lane Recreation Group, Woodlesford Park, Drighlington Pak, Lewisham Pak, Hembrigg Park, Wide Lane, Churwell, Lowry Road, Magpie Lane, Shayfield Recreation Group and Carlton Village.

The gardeners will undertake general gardening duties including grass cutting, pruning, de- littering, emptying of litter bins, removing fly tipping, marking out sports pitches, inspection of play equipment, maintenance of park infrastructure, planning and sweeping paths. The gardeners will also act as a point of liaising within the local community, effect policing duties, and deal with other routine park maintenance such as unlocking of park gates.

The project will help to improve the physical environment and security issues at the above sites. The site-based gardeners will engage with the public to enhance visitor experience at the sites.

Area Committee/Area Business Plan Key Themes and Action Plan Priorities: This proposal supports the Area Committee priorities: ‘Safer and Stronger Communities’, `Health and Wellbeing’ and `Children and Families’. The presence of the site based gardeners will help to reduce crime and the fear of crime, increase community engagement and deliver cleaner, safer and greener public spaces.

Page 212

4.4.4 Project: Outer South Garden Maintenance Scheme Organisation: Morley Elderly Action Total Project Cost: £33,000 Wellbeing contribution : £33,000 (revenue) Ward covered : Ardsley & Robin Hood, Morley North, Morley South, Rothwell

Project Summary: At the March 2013 Area Committee, Members approved a three year scheme subject to Executive Board approval of Wellbeing funds. A full evaluation of the scheme delivered in 2013/14 is included elsewhere on the agenda.

The scheme provides a subsidized gardening service to the elderly and infirm. Work undertaken includes grass cutting, strimming, hedge cutting, cutting back bushes and small trees and weeding. Garden tidying at the beginning and end of the seasons is also undertaken.

Members are asked to agree the second year of the three year scheme.

Area Committee/Area Business Plan Key Themes and Action Plan Priorities : This proposal supports the Area Committee priority `Health & Wellbeing’.

4.4.5 Project: Rothwell & District 2014/15 Events Organisation: Rothwell & District Carnival Committee Total project cost: £12,000 Wellbeing Contribution: £4,398

Project summary: Rothwell & District Carnival Committee co-ordinate a series of community led celebrations and events in Rothwell. Aims for the Rothwell celebrations include:

• Uniting local groups in a shared goal and provide opportunities for the involvement of local people through a variety of activities and events

• To Work with local schools to develop a sense of pride by local children in the area

• Encourage people from a wide variety of backgrounds to share and appreciate the culture and heritage of the area

• Use the celebrations as vehicle to regenerate the Ward through a variety of methods, promoting community pride and identity

Area Committee is asked to consider making an allocation of £4,398.00 from the £8,000 ringfenced to Rothwell Events under the Rothwell 600 banner, subject to a review of projects in 2014/15. The £4,398.00 will enable the following programme of events to take place:

Project Name/date Funding Allocation 201 4/1 5 May Day Festival : 5 May 2014 £898.00 Food & Drink Festival : 21 June 2014 £500.00 Rothwell Carnival : 12 July 2014 £3,000.00 Total £4,398.00

Page 213

Area Committee/Area Business Plan Key Themes and Action Plan Priorities: This proposal supports the Area Committee priority: ‘Residents in Outer South have access to opportunities to become involved in sport and culture’.

5.0 Small Grants Update

5.1 The following table outlines the Outer South small grants position: Project Amount Total £ Seigan Close Residents Assoc iation 200.00 Morley Bluebell Majorettes 225.00 John O’Gaunts Tenants Assoc iation 500.00 E Ardsley United Cricket Club 500.00 Kidz n Co 465.2 0 Woodlesford in Bloom 500.00 Temple Lawn Lunch Club 500.00 Drighlington Scout Hut 500.00 RH Residents Christmas Community Event 500.00 Carlton Children’s Party 500.00 Churwell Community Field Centre 500.00 Total 4890.2 0

6.0 Corporate Considerations

6.1 Consultation and Engagement

6.1.1 Projects are developed to address priorities in the Area Committee Business Plan. The production of this plan is informed by Local Councillors and local residents. All projects developed are in consultation with Elected Members and local communities. Approval for any contribution from the Wellbeing budget is secured at Area Committee.

6.2 Equality and Diversity / Cohesion and Integration

6.2.1 Community groups submitting a project proposal requesting funding from the Wellbeing budget have an equal opportunities policy and as part of the application process, complete a section outlining which equality groups the project will work with and how equality and cohesion issues have been considered.

6.2.2 Internal and statutory partners are committed to equality and cohesion and all projects they are involved with will have considered these issues.

6.2.3 A light touch Equality Impact Assessment is carried out for all projects.

6.3 Council Policies and City Priorities 6.3.1 The projects outlined in this report contribute to target and priorities set out in the following council policies:

• Vision for Leeds • Children and Young Peoples Plan • Health and Wellbeing City Priority Plan • Safer and Stronger Communities Plan • Regeneration City Priority Plan

Page 214

6.4 Resources and Value for Money

6.4.1 Resource implications will be that the remaining balance of the Wellbeing Budget for capital and revenue will be reduced as a result of any projects funded.

6.5 Legal Implications, Access to Information and Call In

6.5.1 All decisions taken by the Area Committee in relation to the delegated functions from Executive Board are eligible for Call In.

6.5.2 There are no key or major decisions being made that would be eligible for Call In.

6.5.3 There are no legal implications as a result of this report.

6.6 Risk Management

6.6.1 This report provides an update on work in the Outer South and therefore no risks are identifiable. Any projects funded through Wellbeing budget complete a section identifying risks and solutions as part of the application process.

7.0 Conclusions

7.1 The report provides up to date information on the Area Committee’s Wellbeing Budget.

8.0 Recommendations

8.1 Members of the Outer South Area Committee are requested to:

9.0 Background Documents 1

9.1 There are no background documents associated with this paper.

Page 215 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 216 Appendix 1 Outer South Wellbeing Budget 2013 - 2014

Allocation £183,790.00

Roll forward £63,779.29 Budget Less 2012/13 projects Ͳ£10,508.53

TOTAL £237,060.76

2013/2014 Revenue Costs Project Delivery Organisation Balance to be Outcomes Approved Actual Committed carried forward 2013/14 Skips Budget To provide skips for South East Area £2,000.00 £1,770.00 £270.00 Ͳ£40.00 Community groups undertake clean Ͳups. Improved streetscene in local community use. Support neighbourhoods. Increased community pride.

Small Grants Fund afund for small scale South East Area £5,000.00 £3,781.50 £1,218.50 Voluntary and community groups supported through grant aid. Increased communityPage 217 based projects meeting Area Support range of community activity. Increased community participation. Delivery Plan priorities. Increased community pride. Delivery of Area Delivery Plan priorities.

Communications budget to enable South East Area £1,000.00 £458.29 £0.00 £541.71 5newsletters, Questionnaires, Promotional material. Increased effective communication and consultation Support awareness of the Outer South Area Committee. Improved consultation on Area Committee issues. that can inform local projects and plans. Public participation in projects / plans.

Activities for Children and Young People Children and Young £20,000.00 £20,000.00 £12,800.00 Ͳ£12,800.00 Summer activities for young people across the Outer South area. More Peoples Working young people involved in activities over the school holidays. Reduction in Group complaints of anti social behaviour in the area over the holidays.

Priority Neighbourhood Worker South East Area £20,402.40 £14,471.98 £1,572.76 £4,357.66 One worker to help progress NIP projects. Increased social capital Support through capacity building of small groups and the voluntary sector.

Page 1 of 5 Appendix 1 Outer South Wellbeing Budget 2013 - 2014

2013/2014 Revenue Costs Project Delivery Organisation Balance to be Outcomes Approved Actual Committed carried forward 2013/14 Site Based Gardeners Parks and Countryside £35,654.01 £35,654.01 £0.00 3full time Gardeners for 1/2 year. Crime reduction. Reducing fear of crime. Increasing voluntary and community engagement. Cleaner safer public green spaces.

Morley Literature Festival 2013 South East Area £10,000.00 £10,000.00 £0.00 Afive day festival with afull programme. Increased community spirit, Support education and activities for families. Encourage partnership work between the public and private sectors. Engender astronger community link with the town centre.

Rothwell 600 Celebrations Rothwell 600 £8,000.00 £6,584.11 £1,000.00 £415.89 Several events and activities ran by local community groups. Encourage Committee people from awide variety of backgrounds to share and appreciate the culture and heritage of the area. Use the celebrations as vehicle to regenerate the Ward through avariety of methods, promoting Page 218 community pride and identity.

Garden Maintenance Scheme Morley Morley Elderly Action £33,000.00 £24,750.00 £8,250.00 £0.00 Deliver agardening service to the elderly in the Outer South area. Elderly Action Environmental improvements. People being helped to maintain their homes. Community Safety benefits.

Off Road bikes South East Area £2,240.00 £2,240.00 Reduction in off road bike offences. Reduction in fear of crime amongst Support South Leeds residents.

Victims Fund Victims Support £1,000.00 £1,000.00 £0.00 Reduction in the fear of crime and repeat offences through target hardening work.

Page 2 of 5 Appendix 1 Outer South Wellbeing Budget 2013 - 2014

2013/2014 Revenue Costs Project Delivery Organisation Balance to be Outcomes Approved Actual Committed carried forward 2013/14 Christmas Lights 2013/14 Leeds Lights £18,625.00 £18,625.00 £0.00 Develop community pride through festive activities and provide an attractive town centre that increases footfall and supports businesses.

Community Heroes Event 2014 South East Area £1,500.00 £1,500.00 Develop and deliver an awards event for community groups across the Support Team outer south area

International Day of Older Persons Event South East Area £2,000.00£ 1,364.90 £ Ͳ £635.10 Work with partners to develop and deliver an event for older people that Support Team coincides with International Day of Older Persons Page 219

Junior Wardens Scheme Rothwell Groundwork £3,500.00£ 3,500.00 £0.00 To encourage young people to get involved in their local community and provide asafe, supervised environment for their personal development

John O'Gaunts AFrame Ginnel Gates Aire Valley Homes £1,700.00£ 1,700.00 £1,700.00 Ͳ £1,700.00 Installation of AͲFrame Ginnel Gates to deter ginnels being used by Limited vehicles and motorbikes and deter fly Ͳtipping.

Extra Grit Bins, Harwill Estate Churwell Action Group £336.76 £336.76 To provide grit bins on the Harwill Estate to enable residents to cope better with adverse weather conditions and improve community safety.

Page 3 of 5 Appendix 1 Outer South Wellbeing Budget 2013 - 2014

2013/2014 Revenue Costs Project Delivery Organisation Balance to be Outcomes Approved Actual Committed carried forward 2013/14 Disability Access and Power Assisted Door Enabled Works £1,500.00£ 1,500.00 £0.00 To contribute to the cost of purchase and installation of a1stage life for Unit disabled access to the learning and conference suite situated on the upper level of the building. Enabling easy access to all including disabled workers.

Financial Fitness Programme West Yorkshire Trading £2,200.00 £2,200.00 £0.00 To deliver aprogramme of work to front line staff to support those Standards affected by Welfare Reforms

Community Safety West Yorkshire Police £5,660.36£ 1,063.76 £1,000.00 £3,596.60 Ringfenced to community safety projects that arise throughtout the year Page 220

St Mary's in the Wood URC CCTV St Mary's in the Wood £3,000.00 £3,000.00 To install CCTV on the premises of St Mary's in the Wood URC to deter URC ASB

Winter Warmth SE AST £4,648.87 £4,648.87 £0.00 To provide winter warmth packs to the elderly

Cold Calling Zone West Yorkshire Trading £541.50 £541.50 To deliver aCold Calling Control Zone in Churwell Standards

Page 4 of 5 Appendix 1 Outer South Wellbeing Budget 2013 - 2014

2013/2014 Revenue Costs Project Delivery Organisation Balance to be Outcomes Approved Actual Committed carried forward 2013/14 Old Road, Churwell, Street Lights Housing Leeds £2,400.00 £2,400.00 To provide additional street lighting leading from Old Road to Manor Road, Churwell, Leeds.

TOTAL Projects agreed £185,908.90 £126,598.55 £53,066.63 £6,243.72

Balance £51,151.86 £51,151.86 Page 221

Page 5 of 5 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 222 Map of Meeting Venue

Thorpe Community Centre

Stanhope Gardens

Thorpe

WF3 3DP

Page 223 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 224